EXPLOSIVES RULE, 1983
CHAPTER
I
Preliminary
1. Short
title and commencement
2. Definitions
3. Classification
of explosives
4. Safety
distance categories of explosives
CHAPTER
II
General Provisions
5. Prohibition
of unauthorized explosives
6. Procedure
for authorisation of explosives
7. Restriction
on delivery and despatch of explosives
11. Competent
person to be in-charge of operations
12. Precautions
to be observed in handling explosives
13. Restrictions
on handling of explosives after sunset
14. Prohibition
of smoking, fires, slights and dangerous substances
15. Prohibition
of matches, etc.
16. Split
explosive to be destroyed
17. Employment
of children, intoxicated persons and certain other persons
18. Precautions
against danger from water or exposure to the sun or heat
19. Special
precautions against accident and the exclusion of unauthorized persons
20. Restriction
on transport of certain types of explosives
CHAPTER
III
Import
and Export
PART I
General
21. Restriction
on import or export
PART
II
Import or Export by Sea
24. Declaration
by master of ship or by the ship's agents
25. Declaration
by exporter or his agent
26. Sampling
procedure from imported explosives
27. Despatch
of samples to the testing officer
Explosives Rules, Act, 1884
29. Permission
to land explosive
PART
III
Import or Export by Land
PART IV
Import or Export by Air
31. Prohibition
of certain explosives
CHAPTER-IV
Transport
PART
-I
General
32. Licence for transport and issues of
passes
33. Restrictions on transportation of
different explosives in the same carriage
35. Transport
in passenger carriages and vessels
36. Maximum consignments allowed
37. Despatch of explosives to carriers for
transport
38. Place and time of loading and unloading
39. Carriage or vessel or aircraft to be in
readiness for loading
40. Carriage or vessel or aircraft to be
in-charge of a competent person
41. Protection from fire or explosion
42. Delay in transit to be avoided
44. Small
quantities of fireworks exempted
45. Safety
distances between carriages and boats
PART-II
Transport by Water
46. Notice
of loading on or unloading from ships
48. Stowage
49. Conveyance
of explosives on special trade passenger ships
50. Conveyance
of explosives on passenger vessels
51. Anchorage
of vessels carrying explosives
52. Red
flag or warning light to be exhibited
54. Vessels
not to lie alongside magazines, jetties, etc
55. Loading
and unloading prohibited while a vessel is underway
56. Place
of loading and unloading within port areas
58. Ships
to handle explosives with despatch
61. Smoking,
fire, dangerous articles and other cargo prohibited
PART III
Transport by Rail
63. Making of railway carriage
64. Transport of explosives with ordinary
goods
65. Position of railway carriages
66. Maximum quantity of explosives to be
transported by rail
67. Prohibition on passenger or mixed
trains
68. Despatch of explosives vans by mixed
trains
69. Conveyance of explosives by passenger
or mixed trains
70. Receipt of consignment of explosives by
railways
71. Shunting
72. Delivery to and from railway premises
73. Power of railway administration
74. Explosives not to be carried across
railway bridges
PART
IV
Transport
by Road
75. Streets, public places and other
specified areas
77. Restriction on transport of explosives
by vehicles other than road vans
79. Restrictions on use of towed vehicles
80. Carriage of explosives with other
substances prohibited
81. Loading, unloading, maintenance and
operation of road vans
82. Lighting of stationary vehicles
83. Wheel chocks
84. Vehicle on fire
86. Fire
extinguishers to be provided
CHAPTER
V
Manufacture
of Explosives
88. No
licence needed for manufacture in certain cases
89. Approval
of manufacturing process
90. Restriction
on unauthorized persons
91. Building
to be used for specified purpose only
92. Interior
of buildings to be suitable finished
94. Restriction of articles liable to
spontaneous ignition
95. Use of special tools and implements
96. Particulars to be exhibited on process
building
98. Protection against lightning
99. Suspension of work during thunderstorms
100. Removal of foreign matter from
ingredients
102. Removal of explosives and materials
expeditiously
103.
Repair to building
104.
Employment of competent
persons
105. Employment
of young persons
106. Use of vehicles
107. Maintenance of buildings, plants and
equipment
109. Disposal of waste explosives
110. Stoppage of manufacture of explosives
111. Exclusion from list of authorised
explosives
112. Maintaining
records
CHAPTER
VI
Possession, Sale and Use
PART
I
General
113. Licence
for possession, sale and use
114. No
licence needed for possession and sale in cert
115. Possession
in the licensed premises only
116. Protection from lightning
117. Precautions
during thunderstorm
118. Building
to be kept clean
120. Repairing
of licensed magazine or storehouse
121. Prevention
of introduction of hazardous articles
122. Premises to be kept locked
124. Repacking
or opening of packages
125. Explosives
not to be kept in damaged boxes
126. Storage
of explosives in excess of the licensed quality
127. Permit
for temporary possession of manufacture excess of the licensed quantity
128. Quantity
of explosives to be purchased in a given
PART-II
Magazines
130. Restriction on use of Mode
"B" magazine
131. Mound of magazines
132. Magazine or storehouse to be at ground
level
PART-
III
Storehouse
134. Construction
of storehouse
PART
IV
Possession
of small arms nitro-compound or fire works
And safety fuse for sale in form 24
136. Special
precautions to be observed for fireworks
137. Safety
distances to be maintained
138. Sale
of other articles prohibited
139. Explosives
to be sold from licensed premises
140. Defacing
of marking prohibited
141. Restriction
on sale of explosives
142. Explosives
not to be exposed for sale
143. Small
packages to be clearly marked
PART
VI
Use
of Explosives
144. Competent persons to be employed
145. Restrictions on preparation of charges
146. Restriction on conveyance of
explosives to or at the blasting site
147. Explosives to be examined before use
148. Precautions to be observed at site
149. Suitable warning procedure to be
maintained
150. Precautions to be observed while
firing
151. Precaution
against stays currents
152. Person
in-charge to be responsible
153. Blasting
operations in mines
CHAPTER
VII
Licences
155. Grant of licence
156. Procedure to be observed before a
licence in Forms 20, 21 or 22 is granted
157. Procedure to be followed for grant of
a licence in Form 22 to possess small quantity of explosives for own use
158.
Procedure to be observed for grant of
a shot-firer’ s permit
159. Procedure on grant of No-Objection
Certificate by the district authority
160.
Refusal of No-Objection
Certificate
161. Procedure on grant of a licence for a
magazine, storehouse or to manufacture
explosives
164. Amendment
of licence
165. Renewal
of licence
166. Refusal
to amend or renew a licence
167. Suspension
and revocation of licence
168. Procedure
on expiration, suspension or revocation of licence
169. Appeals
170. Procedure
to be followed by the appellate authority
171. Procedure
on death or disability of licensee
172. Loss
of licence
173. Production
of licence or pass on demand
174. Executive
control over authorities
CHAPTER
VIII
Fees
175. Procedure
for payment of fees
176. Fees
other than licence fees
177. Licence
fee
CHAPTER IX
Power
of Officers and Penalties
178. Dangerous
practices
179. Powers
of search and seizures
180. Power
to destroy explosives and ingredients thereof
181. Procedure
on reports of infringement
CHAPTER
X
Accidents
and Enquiries
182. Notice
of accident
183. Procedure
at courts of inquiry
185. Inquiry
into more serious accidents
186. Repeal
and savings
Schedules
and Forms
THE EXPLOSIVES RULES, 1983
G.S.R. 248 (E), dated 2nd March, 19831: -
1 Published in
the Gazette of India, Extraordinary Pt. II, sec. 3 (i), dated the 2nd
March 1983.
Whereas, a
draft of the Explosive Rules, 1981, was published as required by sub-section
(1) of Sec. 1981 of the Explosives Act, 1884(4 of 1884), with the Notification
of the Government of India in Ministry of Industry (Department of Industrial
Development), No. G.S.R. 305 (E), dated the 23rd April, 1981, at pages 699826/31
of the Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part II, Sec. 3, sub-section (i), dated
the 23rd April, 1981, inviting objections and suggestions from all persons
likely to be affected thereby before the expiry of 45 days on which the copies
of the official Gazette in which the notification was published were made
available to the public;
And, whereas,
the copies of the said official Gazette were made available to the public on
the 29th October, 1981;
And, whereas, the objections and suggestions received from the public
on the said draft have been considered by the Central Government;
Now therefore, in exercise of the powers conferred by Secs., 5 and 7 of
the Explosives Act, 1884 (4 of 1884), the Central Government hereby makes the
rules, namely:
CHAPTER-I
PRELIMINARY
1. Short
title and commencement: -
(1) These rules may be called
the Explosives Rules, 1983.
(2) They shall come into
force on the date of their publication in the official Gazette.
2. Definitions: -In these rules unless the context otherwise requires, -
(1) “Act" means the
Explosives Act, 1884 (4 of 1884);
(2) “Authorised
explosives" means an explosive included in a list of authorised explosives
published by the Central Government from time to i time in the official
Gazette;
(3) “Chief Controller” means
Chief Controller of Explosives;
(4) “Competent person"
means a person recognised by the Chief Controller to be a competent person or a
person who holds a certificate of Competency in the job in respect of which
competency is required from an institution recognised by the Chief Controller
in this be-half;
(5) “Conservator” includes
any person acting under the authority of the officer or body of persons
appointed to be conservator of a port under Sec. 7 of the Indian Ports Act,
1908 (15 of 1908);
(6) “Controller” includes
Joint Chief Controller of Explosives, Deputy Chief Controller of Explosives 1[Controller of Explosives and Deputy
Controller of Explosives]
1. Subs.
by G.S.R. 41 (E), dated 15th January, 1988 (w.e.f. 18th January,
1988), for the words “and Controller of Explosives”.
(7) “Detonator” means a small
tube of aluminium or copper or other materials approved by the Chief
Controller-
(a) One end of which is
closed and the other-
(i) Left open for the
insertion of safety fuse for the purpose of initiating explosion within the
tube; or
(ii) Fitted with wires or
other device for that purpose and sealed;
(b) Which is loaded with a
charge of initiating explosive, the charge being so designed as to produce an
explosion that would communicate the other tube similarly constructed and
charged;
2[(7-A)
“District Authority” means-
2. Ins.
by G.S.R. 41 (E) dated 15th January 1988 (w.e.f. 18th January 1988).
(a) In towns having a
Commissioner of Police, the Commissioner or a Deputy Commissioner of Police;
(b) In any other place, the
District Magistrate;]
(8) “Form” means a form
specified in Sch. V;
(9) “Licensable capacity” in
relation to a magazine means 3[the]
capacity of the magazine reckoned on the basis of the floor area and required
safety zone all round such magazine;
3 Subs
by G.S.R. 41 (E), dated I5th January 1988 (w.e.f. 18th January
1988), for the words or 2/3rd the full.
(10) “Licensed factory” means a
factory in respect of which a licence issued under these rules is in force;
(11) “Licensed magazine” means
a magazine in respect of which a licence, issued under these rules is in force;
(12) ‘Licensed store house”
means a storehouse in respect of which a licence, issued under these rules is
in force;
(13) “Magazine” means a
building specially constructed in accordance with a design approved by the
Chief Controller and intended for storage of more than 4[51 kg. of explosives.
4. Subs. by ibid for
figures “2.5”.
(14)
“Permitted
explosives,” means authorised explosives which are permitted by the 5[Director General of Mines Safety] to be
used in underground coal mines;
5. Subs.
by ibid. for the words “Director General Mines Safety”:.
(15) “Prohibited explosives”
means explosives which are prohibited by the Central Government under Sec. 6 of
the Act;
(16) “Protected works”
includes--
(a) Building in which persons
dwell, work or assemble, college, school, hospital, theatre, cinema house,
factory, place of storage of hazardous substances 6[*
* *],
6. The
words “dams and reservoirs” omitted by ibid.
(b) Any public road for
railway line or navigable waterways; 7[or dams
and reservoirs]
7. Ins.
by ibid.
8[(c) overhead
trunk high tension power lines; but does not include footpath, cart tracks not
in regular use, agricultural wells and pump sets connected therewith;]
8. Subs. by G.S.R. 41
(E) dated 15th January 1988 (w.e.f. 18th January 1988).
(17) “Safety cartridge"
means a cartridge for small arms having a diameter not exceeding 2.5 cms., the
case of which can be extracted for the small arms after fixing and which is so
closed as to prevent any explosion in one cartridge being communicated to other
cartridges;
(18) “Safety fuse” means a fuse
or igniting charges of other explosives which burn and does not explode and
which does not contain its own means of ignition, and which is of such strength
and construction and contains an explosive in such quantity that the burning of
such fuse would not communicate laterally with other like fuse.
(19) “Safety zone” means the
zone necessary for the maintenance of the distances required under the
conditions of a licence to be kept clear between any licensed factory shed,
magazines or store-house and protected works;
(20) “Schedule” means a
schedule annexed to these rules;
(21) “Small arm nitro-compound”
means nitro-compound adapted and intended exclusively for use in cartridges of
small arms;
(22) “Storehouse” means a
building other than a magazine for storage of certain types of explosives;
(23) “Testing officer” means
such officer as the Central Government may appoint in this behalf;
(24) “Transport” means movement
of explosives from one place to another by land, sea or air in India but does
not include movement of explosives within a licensed factory;
(25) “Transfer” 1[***] with its grammatical variations and
cognate, expressions includes letting on hire, lending, giving and parting with
possession;
1. The
words “means” omitted by G.S.R. 41 (E), dated 15th January 1988
(w.e.f. 18th January, 1988).
(26) “Van” means a mechanically
propelled vehicle or transport of explosive by land.
3. Classification
of explosives. -
(1) For the purpose of
these rules explosives shall be classified in the manner specified in Sch. 1.
(2) If any explosive falls
"within the limits of more than one class as defined in Sch. I,” if shall be deemed to belong exclusively
to the last in number of such classes.
4. Safety
distance categories of explosives: -
(1) Explosives
are divided into four categories according to the risks, which they present
when initiated, namely
(i) Category X - Those
explosives, which have a fire or a slight explosion, risk or both but the
effect of which will be local.
(ii) Category Y - Those
explosives, which have a mass fire risk or a moderate explosion, risk, but not
the risk of mass explosion.
(iii) Category Z - Those
explosives, which have a mass explosion, risk and major missile effect.
(iv) Category ZZ - Those explosives, which have mass explosion, risk and minor missile effect.
(2) If any question arises as
to whether any explosive belongs to Category X, Category Y, Category Z or
Category ZZ, the matter shall be referred to Chief Controller whose decision
shall be final.
CHAPTER
II
General
Provisions
5. Prohibition
of unauthorized explosives: - No person shall
import, export, transport, manufacture, possess, use or sell any explosives
which is not an authorised explosive:
Provided that
nothing in this rule shall apply to the manufacture and possession for test and
trial purposes and not for sale of a new explosive composition under
development at a place specially approved for the purpose by the Chief
Controller in a licensed factory.
6. Procedure
for authorisation of explosives. -
(1) Any person
desirous of including a explosive in the list of authorised explosive shall
apply by submitting an application therefor to the Chief Controller.
(2) The application submitted
in accordance with sub-rule (1) shall be in writing and accompanied by
following particulars:
(a) The nature and composition
of the explosive;
(b) The limiting percentage
of each ingredient of the explosive;
(c) Any substitute or
substitutes for any specified ingredient;
(d) In the case of new
explosive to be manufactured in India, the process by which it is proposed to
carry out its manufacture;
(e) Where an explosive is
enclosed in a case or other contrivance, the dimensions of the case or other
contrivance, the quantity, nature and brand of explosive contained therein, the
method of function and performance characteristics of the explosive and
instructions governing the use of the case or other contrivance;
(f) The box, wrapping or
other container in which the explosive will be handled, used or displayed or
otherwise distributed including the markings thereon; and
(g) The package in which the
explosive will be transported and stored including the markings thereon.
(3) When, in the opinion of
the Chief Controller, an explosive in respect of which an application is made
may properly be considered for authorisation, the Chief Controller shall
instruct the applicant as to the samples required and the same manner of
forwarding the same to him or to any other authority specified by the Chief
Controller in this behalf.
(4) No person shall send a
sample of an explosive unless such person has first received the instructions
referred to under sub-rule (3).
(5) No person shall send a
sample of an explosive otherwise than in accordance with instructions given by
the Chief Controller under sub-rule (3).
(6) (i)
Samples forwarded under sub-rule (3)
shall be subjected to such of the tests enumerated in Cl. (ii) of this
rule as are necessary having regard to the nature and type of explosive
submitted to ensure that the explosive is capable of being safely manufactured,
handled, stored, transported and used.
(ii) The tests referred to in
Cl. (i) pertain to-
(a) Physical properties
including consistency, reaction, tendency to absorb moisture, segregation in
transport or otherwise of the constituents, exudation, behaviour at low
temperatures, specific gravity and such other physical properties as may be
considered necessary;
(b) Chemical composition-
determination of the percentage composition of the ingredients forming the
explosive, and the quality of the ingredients employed in its manufacture;
(c) Stability-determination
of stability after subjection to such varying environmental conditions as would
tend to produce spontaneous ignition or variation in sensitiveness of an
explosive;
(d) Ignition
characteristics-ignition point, behaviour on ignition, liability to spontaneous
ignition, behaviour on ignition in bulk;
(e) Mechanical sensitiveness-
determination of sensitiveness to friction and impact-,
(f) Air gap sensitivity and
transmission of detonation;
(g) Velocity o detonating;
(h) Determination of
strength;
(i) Composition of gases
evolved upon explosion;
(j) Such other tests as the
Chief Controller may specify.
(7) An explosive tested in
accordance with sub-rule (6) shall be declared by the Central Government on
recommendation of Chief Controller to be an authorised explosive if, it is
satisfied that such an explosive can be safely manufactured, handled, stored,
transported and used.
(8) Authorisation issued by
the Central Government under sub-rule (7) in respect of any imported explosive
shall be valid for one year from the date of authorisation, provided the
foreign manufacturer certifies that there has been no change in the composition
of any other characteristics of the explosives.
(9) The Chief Controller may
at any time subject any explosive to the tests enumerated in sub-rule (6). As a result of the tests or otherwise if the
Chief Controller is satisfied that the explosive is no longer safe for
manufacture, handling, storage, transport or use, may recommend deletion of
such explosive from the authorised list.
(10) The Chief Controller, on
completion of the testing of an explosive, in pursuance of sub-rule (6) shall
advise the Central Government in writing, -
(a) Whether or not the
explosive should be declared to be an authorised explosive; and
(b) Where the explosive is
declared to be an authorised explosive, the class including any division and
sub-division within which the explosive falls.
(11) (i) The Chief Controller shall maintain a list
of authorised explosive showing─
(a) The brand or trade name
of the explosive;
(b) The name and address of
the manufacturers;
(c) The class including any
division and sub-divisions thereof, within which each explosive falls; and
(d) The safety distance
category and the corresponding United Nation’s classification number and
division.
(ii) A list of
authorised explosives that, by licence or permit, are authorised to be
manufactured, in, or imported into India shall be published by the Central
Government from time to time.
(12) No alteration in the
composition, limiting percentage of ingredients or substitute ingredients the
process of manufacture, the description and construction of the case or the
contrivance as declared in accordance with Cls., (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of
the sub-rule (2) shall be carried out without prior approval of the Central
Government:
Provided that
the Chief Controller may order fresh test to be carried out if the proposed
alteration in the percentage, composition, nature of ingredients, process of
manufacture or construction of the case or contrivance of the explosives are
likely to change the results of the original test prescribed in this rule.
7. Restriction
on delivery and despatch of explosives. -
(1) No
person shall deliver or despatch any explosives to any one other than a person
who-
(a) is the holder of a
licence to possess the explosives or the agent of a holder of such a licence
duly authorised by him in writing in this behalf; or
(b) is entitled under these
rules to possess the explosives without a licence.
(2) The explosives so
delivered or despatched shall in no case exceed the quantity which the person
to whom they are delivered or despatched is authorised to possess with or
without a licence under these rules.
(3) (i) No person shall receive explosives
from any person other than the holder
of a licence granted under these rules.
ii) No person shall receive from or transfer
explosives to any person for a temporary storage or safe custody in a licensed
premises unless prior approval is obtained from the Chief Controller.
(1) No person shall
import, tender for transport, cause to be transported, possess or sell any
explosives unless 1[****]
1. The
words "it is packed" omitted by G.S.R. 41 (E), dated 15th January,
1988) (w.e.f. 18th January, 1988).
(a) 2 [It is packed in the manner laid down in
Schedule II].
2· Subs.
by ibid.
(b) A sample of the container
or package for each explosive has been
tested and
approved by the Chief Controller;
(c) The container or package
is marked in accordance with rule 9 of these rules :
Provided that
nothing in this rule shall apply to explosives in the process of manufacture.
(2) An
explosive which is not an authorised explosive but which is required to be transported
for purposes of test in connection therewith shall be packed in such manner as
may be directed by the Chief Controller with reference to such explosive.
(1) The outer package
shall be marked in conspicuous indelible characters by means of a stamping,
embossing or painting with-
(a) The word
"Explosives";
(b) The name of the
authorised explosive;
(c) The number of the class
and the division to which it belongs;
(d) The safety distance
category of explosive;
(e) The name of the
manufacturer; the name of the consignor and consignee; and
(g) The net weight of
explosive
Provided that
in the case of safety fuse or fireworks, the word "Explosive" and the
number of the Class and division may be omitted.
(2) In the case of explosives
used for charging for blasting, viz. explosives of Class 2 or such other
explosives of Class 3 Division 1 or such other explosives of Class 4 which
contain liquid nitro-compound explosive, the date of manufacture and batch
number shall be added.
(3) In the case of explosives
of Class 2 and Class 3, each of the cartridges containing explosives shall be
printed or embossed legibly on it with-
(a) The word
"Explosive";
(b) The name of explosives;
(c) Weight of explosive;
(d) Diameter of the cartridge;
(e) Name of manufacturer; and
(f) In case of permitted
explosive, the letter 'P’.
(4) In the case of
fire-works, a caution or warning indicating the-method of firing and
precautions to be taken shall be printed on each piece of fireworks and where
adequate space is not available -on the fire-works, such caution or warning may
be printed on a separate label and inserted in the smallest packet or carton.
10. Weight
of explosives. - The weight of explosives when referred to in
these rules shall not include the weight of the packing box in which the
explosives are packed:
Provided that
the case of explosives of the 6th (Ammunition) Class or 7th
(Fireworks) Class the weight shall be deemed to be the weight of the completed
article inclusive of the case of contrivance in which the explosive is
contained.
11.
Competent person to be
in-charge of operations.- Every person
holding or acting under a licence granted under these rules shall, whenever
explosives are loaded, unloaded or handled, depute a competent person
experienced in the handling of explosive to be present at and to conduct the
operations in accordance with these rules.
12 Precautions
to be observed in handling explosives. -
(1) The floor of any
place or any carriage or vessel in which any explosive is or is to be laid and
the ground gangway, decks and other places over which the explosive is to be
conveyed during loading or unloading shall be-
(i) Carefully examined to
ensure that there is nothing thereon in contravention of these rules or likely
to endanger the safety of the consignment; and
(ii) Thoroughly cleaned and
swept before and after use.
(2) The packages containing
the explosives shall not be thrown or dropped down or rolled or pulled along the ground or floor but shall be
passed from hand to hand and carefully deposited and stored.
(3) Where a package is to be
slung, due precaution shall be taken to slung it in such a manager as
effectively to prevent the possibility of a fall.
(4) After the handling of
explosives has commenced, the operations shall proceed with due diligence and
without necessary stoppage.
13. Restriction
on handling of explosives after sunset: - No person shall handle or cause to be handled any explosive between the
hours of sunset and sunrise:
Provided that
nothing in this rule shall apply to handling of explosives during dark hours in
proper illumination is provided in the area and the place is guarded.
14. Prohibition
of smoking, fires, slights and dangerous substances. -- No person shall smoke, and no fires, lights or articles or substances
of a flammable nature or liable to spontaneous ignition, or to cause or
communicate fire or explosion, such as, acids, petroleum, carbide of calcium,
compressed gases or such other hazardous substances, shall be allowed-
(a) At any time within 15
metres from a place where an explosive is stored; or
(b) At any place where an
explosive is handled, during transport one hour before and during such
handling:
Provided that
nothing in this rule shall apply to the use on a ship of-
(i) An engine room fire, if
such fire has been previously carefully banked up, or
(ii) Any artificial light or
ship's signal lights or of a type approved in-writing by the Chief Controller
in areas outside port limits and by the Conservator of the Port within port
limits.
15. Prohibition
of matches, etc: - No person on, in or near any place where
explosives are stored or handled or any carriage conveying explosives
(a) Have in his possession
any matches, fuses or other appliances f producing ignition or explosion or any
knives or other articles made of iron or steel; or
(b) Wear boots or shoes with
iron nails or shod or strengthened with iron, unless such boots or shoes are
covered with leather, rubber, felt other material, in the form of overshoes or
otherwise.
16. Split
explosive to be destroyed. - If any explosives
escapes from the package, which it is contained, or is split, such explosive
shall immediately be carefully collected and destroyed as provided in these
rules.
17. Employment
of children, intoxicated persons and certain of he persons. -
No person shall
employ, allow or engage a person-
(a) Who has not completed the
age of 18 years; or
(b) Who is in a state of
intoxication; or
(c) Who is of unsound mind
For manufacture,
storage, sale, loading, unloading or transport of explosives o to enter any
premises licensed under these rules.
18. Precautions
against danger from water or exposure to the sun or heat. -
(1) In
the case of any explosive which is liable to be dangerous affected by water,
due precautions shall at all times be taken to prevent water from coming in
contact with such explosive.
(2) Packages containing
explosives shall not be allowed to remain in the sun or exposed to excessive
heat:
Provided that
nothing in sub-rule (2) shall apply to sun drying of gunpowder or fireworks or
drying of explosives in a licensed factory- under controlled conditions.
19.
Special
precautions against accident and the exclusion o unauthorized persons.
(1) No person shall commit or
attempt to commit an act, which may tend to cause a fire or
explosion in or about any place where a explosive is manufactured, stored or
transported.
Provided that
nothing in this sub-rule shall apply to an act which is necessary for the purpose
of the manufacture, storage or handling during transport of any explosive or
any article present therein.
(2) Every person possessing
explosives and every person in charge of or engaged in the import, export,
manufacture, sale, transport or handling of explosives shall at all times-
(a) Comply with provisions of
these rules and the conditions of any licence relating thereto;
(b) Observe all due precautions
for prevention of thefts and of accidents by fire or explosion;
(c) Prevent unauthorized person
from having access to the explosives;
(d) Prevent any other person
from committing any such act as is prohibited under sub-rule (1).
20. Restriction
on transport of certain types of explosives: Notwithstanding anything contained in these rules no person shall
transport without approval of Chief Controller-
(a) Nitro-glycerine or
Ethylene glycol nitrate or any explosives of Class 5 in any vehicle in any
quantity, except within the licensed factory solely for the purpose of
manufacture of explosives;
(b) Any explosive that is not
authorised explosives or any explosive, which is deteriorated or is in a
damaged condition.
CHAPTER
III
Import
and Export
PART I-General
21. Restriction
on import or export. -
(1) No person shall
import or export any explosive except under and in accordance with the
conditions of a licence granted under these rules.
(2) No licence shall be
granted for import or export of any explosives, unless-
(a) The explosive is an
authorised explosive;
(b) The explosive, If of the
3rd (Nitro-compound class) or 4th (Chlorate mixture) is certified in Form I by
the testing officer to have passed the tests specified in Sch. II; and
(c) The explosive is
certified to have passed such analysis or examination, if any, as the Chief Controller
or the Customs Collector at his discretion by order in writing, may require in
order determining its composition or condition.
(3) No person shall be
granted an import or export licence unless he is the holder of a licence for
possession in a magazine or a store-house authorised for the class and quantity
of explosives intended to be imported or exported.
(4) Notwithstanding anything
contained in sub-rule (3) the explosives quantities exceeding the licensed
capacity indicated in the licence may be imported with prior permission of the
Chief Controller provided adequate advance arrangements are made by the
importer to distribute directly from the port of import, the explosives to the
other licensed magazine or licensed store-houses.
PART II
Import or
Export by Sea
22. Import
or export by sea. -
(1) No
explosive shall be imported or exported by sea except at the ports of Bombay,
Cochin, Calcutta at Diamond Harbour, Madras, Tuticorin or Visakhapatnam:
Provided that the Chief Controller may specify exports only of
explosives in such quantities as, may be done at the ports of Kandla and
Mormugao.
(2) The
quantities of explosives, manner of handling during discharge from or loading
during discharge from or loading into a ship shall be carried out in accordance
with the provisions of rules regulating the handling of explosives at the ports
of Bombay, Calcutta and Madras issued under the Act and respective port rules
and bye-laws.
23. Declaration
by importer. - A person holding an import licence granted
under these rules shall furnish a declaration-
(a) In
Form 14 to the Chief Controller as soon as ship carrying explosives sails from
the port of loading;
(b) In
Form 15 as soon as any shipment of explosives is cleared from the port of
import.
24. Declaration
by master of ship or by the ship's agents. -
(1) The
master of every ship carrying explosives or the agent for such ship shall give
the Conservator of the port not less than 48 hours notice of its intended
arrival at the port.
(2) The
master of every ship carrying explosives shall deliver to the pilot before
entering any port a written declaration in Form 2 under his signature:
Provided that if in anticipation of a ship’s arrival the agent for such
ship delivers to the Conservator of the port a written declaration as aforesaid
under his signature, no such declaration need be made by master of the ship.
(3) Every
declaration delivered to a pilot under sub-rule (2) shall be made over by him
without delay to the Conservator of the port and all declarations received by
the Conservator of the port shall be forwarded by him, with all convenient
despatch to the Customs Collector of the port.
25. Declaration
by exporter or his agent. -
(1) The
exporter or his authorised agent shall give the Conservator of the port not
less than 48 hours notice of his intention to bring explosives to port for
export and shall not bring the explosives to any part of the port without prior
permission in writing fro the said officer.
(2) The exporter or his authorised
agent shall produce before the Conservator of a port:
(a) Licence granted under
these rules for export of explosives question;
(b) A certificate issued by
exporter to the effect that the explosives ha been packed and marked in
accordance with these rules and are safe for transport by sea.
26. Sampling
procedure from imported explosives. -
(1) When the master
of, or the agent for, a ship has made declaration required by rule 24 such
officer as the Customs Collector of the port may authorise in this behalf shall
go on board the vessel and obtain samples of all such explosives as is intended
to land at the port and are required by or under these rules to be tested,
analyzed or examined.
(2) The master shall deliver
to the officer referred to in sub-rule (1), without charge samples of all the
explosives of which samples are required to be take under that sub-rule. One sample consisting of at least two
cartridges shall be drawn from a group of cases having the same batch number
and same date of manufacture. The
samples if the sampling officer so required, shall be taken from particular
package indicated by him.
(3) If the taking of any
samples under sub-rule (1) involves the opening of any case such case shall,
before it is opened, be removed to an isolated position at a safe distance from
any place where consignments of explosives are stored.
27. Despatch
of samples to the testing officer. -
(1) The officer taking
a sample of any explosives under rule 26 shall affix to it the name of the ship,
the name of the consignee, name of the explosive and such other distinguishing
marks, as he may think necessary and shall forward it to the testing officer
without delay.
(2) In the case of a
Nitro-compound or a Chlorate mixture the date and batch number referred to in
sub-rule (2) of rule 9 shall also be affixed to the sample.
(1) The testing
officer shall test, analyse or examine, as the case may be, the samples and
shall without delay forward to the Customs Collector a certificate in Form I in
duplicate under his signature certifying whether the explosive have been
satisfied the prescribed tests analysis or examination.
(2) The Customs Collector
shall, as soon as practicable, and ordinarily within 24 hours after receipt of
the report of the testing officer, forward a copy each of the certificate in
Form I to the Chief Controller and the Controller of the area having
jurisdiction.
29. Permission
to land explosive. -
(1) No imported
explosive shall be permitted to be landed by the Customs Collector except with
the prior permission of the Chief Controller or the, Controller duly authorised
in this behalf who shall issue such permission if the explosive have satisfied
the prescribed test, analysis or examination and after making such other
enquiries as considered necessary.
(2) If the Customs Collector,
after the receiving the permission under sub-rule (1) and the licence for
import of such explosive under these rules and after making such further
enquiries as he deems necessary, is satisfied that the explosive can lawfully
be imported, he shall permit it to be landed.
(3) Nothing in this rule
shall affect the power of Customs Collector to design the explosive under any
other law for the time being in force.
(4) The imported explosives
shall be removed from the port premises by the importer as expeditiously as
possible.
PART-III
Import or Export by
land
30. Import
or export by land. - No licence for import or export of explosives
shall be granted without the previous sanction in each case, of the Central
Government and under such conditions and restrictions as it may impose in
consultation with Chief Controller.
PART-IV
Import or Export by
Air
31. Prohibition
of certain explosives. -
(1) No explosive shall
be imported or exported by air except at the ports of Bombay, Delhi, Calcutta
and Madras or any other International airport authorised for this purpose by
the Central Government from time to time.
(2) Any explosive which is
not included in Sch. VI shall not be imported
or exported by air.
(3) A person holding a
licence for import or export or explosives by air or his authorised agent shall
give a declaration well in advance before bringing the explosives into the
airport to the officer incharge of the Airport Collector of Customs and the
Chief Controller giving full particulars of the explosives intended to be
imported or exported.
(4) No person shall bring
explosives to the airport for export by air without prior consent in writing of
the officer in-charge of the airport.
(5) Proper arrangements shall be made by the importer to take direct
delivery of the imported explosives and remove the same as expeditiously as
possibly from the airport.
(6) Explosives meant for
export shall be brought to the airport after making proper arrangements and
only after the aircraft is ready for loading explosives and explosives so
brought to the airport shall be loaded directly into the aircraft.
(7) If for any unforeseen
circumstances explosives brought to the airport cannot be removed from the
airport or loaded into the aircraft such explosives shall be stored in an
isolated shed under guard as directed by the officer incharge of the airport
and all due precautions against theft, fire or explosion shall be taken.
CHAPTER-IV
TRANSPORT
PART I - General
32. Licence
for transport and issues of passes. -
(1) No person shall
transport explosives under and in accordance with the conditions of a licence
granted under these rules:
Provided that
nothing in this sub-rule shall apply to-
(i) The transport of any
explosives within the licensed factory or from the licensed factory to the
licensed magazine or store-house situated within the licensed factory;
(ii) The transport of any
explosives imported under a licence in Form 27 from the place of import to the
place of destination specified in the licence for import of explosives;
(iii) The transport of any
explosives for the possession of which no licence is necessary (see rule 114);
(iv) The transport by the
holder of a licence in Form 23 of any of the explosives covered by his licence
in such quantity as he may require for his private use;
(v) The transport of
safety fuse and fireworks provided the same are not transported with any
corrosive or flammable material.
(2) Every consignment of
explosives transported under licence shall b accompanied by a pass issued by
the consignor in Form 16.
(3) Such pass shall be
attached to the way-bill, invoice or despatch note a the case may be.
(4) A copy of every pass
issued under sub-rule (2) shall forthwith be sent by the consignor to-
(i) The licensing authority
who issued the licence or transportation of explosives;
(ii) The Controller of
Explosives in whose jurisdiction the place from which the consignment is sent
is situated;
(iii) The Controller
of Explosives in whose jurisdiction the place to which the consignment is sent
is situated.
33. Restrictions
on transportation of different explosives in the same
carriage. - Any
explosives of 5th (Fulminate) Class or detonator or any other explosives of 6th
(Ammunition) Class containing its own means of ignition or initiation, or an
explosive of 7th (Fireworks) Class shall not be transported in the same
carriage, or save as provided in rule 49 in the same vessel and shall not be
conveyed or handled with any explosives not of the class and division to which
it belongs.
(1) Before transporting or
tendering for transport an explosive of 3rd (Nitro-compound) Class or of the
4th (Chlorate mixture) Class, the consignor shall attach to the consignment not
a valid certificate in Form I or certified copy thereof granted by testing
officer.
(2) The certificate referred
to in sub-rule (1) shall be valid for a period of 12 months from the date on
which it was granted:
Provided that
in the case of explosives containing Nitroglycerine which are not used as
propellants such certificate shall lapse on the 31st July following and fresh
certificate may at the discretion of the railway administration concerned, be
demanded for explosives to be transported by rail during the period from lst
April to 31st July if the original certificate has been granted earlier than
30th of September preceding.
35. Transport
in passenger carriages and vessels. - Save as otherwise
expressly provided in these rules, no explosives shall be transported in
any carriage, vessel or aircraft plying for carrying passengers on hire.
36. Maximum
consignments allowed. -
The quantity of explosives
transported shall not exceed-
(i) 10 tonnes or half the
carrying capacity of a railway wagon whichever is less,
(ii) 10 tonnes or the maximum
carrying capacity of a road van licensed under these rules by a Regional
Transport Authority, whichever is less, in any one carriage other than a
railway wagon:
Provided that
if the explosives to be transported is of 2nd Class the quantity of explosives
shall not exceed 15 tonnes or the maximum carrying capacity of the van
whichever is less;
(iii) One tonne in any
animal-drawn carriage;
(iv). 22.5 tonnes in any boat;
(v) Quantity specified in Sch.
VI in any one aircraft.
37. Despatch
of explosives to carriers for transport. -
(1) No person shall
despatch any explosives to a carrier other than the railway administration for
the purposes of transport.
(2) No
person shall despatch any explosive to the railway administration for the
purposes of transport unless-
(a) He has given the Station
Master a notice in writing
(i) Of his intention to
tender such explosives;
(ii) Certifying that the
explosives has been packed and marked in accordance with rules 8 and 9;
(iii) Stating the true name,
description and quantity of explosives to be transported;
(b) He has received a reply
and intimation in writing from the Station Master that he is prepared to
receive the explosive for immediate despatch;
(c) He has received a
confirmation from the consignee regarding readiness to receive explosives as
authorised under these rules.
(3) No person shall bring,
send or forward to, or upon any railway any explosives, which a railway
administration has by any notice of regulation for time in force notified
that-it will not receive.
38. Place
and time of loading and unloading. -
(1) Every explosive
shall be loaded and unloaded at a safe distance from the station buildings, passenger
platforms, dwelling-houses, factories, public buildings and other buildings, or
places where persons assemble or any flammable or other hazardous goods are
stored or handled.
(2) Every explosive intended
for transport by road whether under a licence or otherwise shall be loaded only
near a licensed magazine, licensed storehouse or other licensed premises.
(3) Loading of explosive:;
after sunset within a licensed factory may be carried out up to 2200 hours at a
well-illuminated place approved by the Chief Controller.
(4) Nothing in rule 13 and
sub-rule (1) shall apply to any operations connected with the transport of
explosives by passenger train or by a “pick-up” or “van” goods train used for
the transport of small consignments or in the brake van of mixed train.
39. Carriage
or vessel or aircraft to be in readiness for loading: No explosives shall be brought
to any place of loading until the carriage or vessel or aircraft into, which it
is to be loaded is at that place in readiness to receive it.
40. Carriage
or vessel or aircraft to be incharge of a competent person: -
(1) A carriage other than a
railway carriage or vessel or aircraft transporting explosives shall at all
times to be charge of, and constantly attended by competent person experienced
in the handling of explosives and appointed by the owner of such carriage or
aircraft or master of the vessel. Such
person shall supervise all loading or unloading operations and shall take all
due precautions in regard to explosives until completion of the receipt and
storage or discharge thereof.
(2) The person in charge of a
carriage or aircraft or vessel shall not drive, conduct or monoeuvre such
carriage or vessel or aircraft in a dangerous or negligent manner.
41. Protection
from fire or explosion. -
(1) No
carriage or aircraft or vessel shall be used for transporting explosives unless
all iron or steel therein with which a package containing any explosive is to
come in contact is effectually covered with lead, leather, wood cloth or other
suitable material.
(2) Where the weight of the
explosives transported in any carriage exceeds 1,000 kgs., they shall be placed
in the interior of the carriage of which shall be enclosed on all sides with
wood or metal so as effectually to protect the explosives from communication of
fire and the carriage shall be locked.
(3) Where the weight of
explosives transported in any vessel exceeds 1,000 kgs., they shall be placed
in the hold of the vessel which shall have a closed deck and closely fitting
hatches and double watertight bulk heads shall be provided at each end of the
hold where the explosives are stowed and the hatches shall be locked.
(4) Where the explosives
carried in carriage or vessel do not exceed 1,000 kgs., in weight, the
explosives shall, unless they are conveyed in the manner specified in sub-rule
(2) or sub-rule (3), as the case may be, be completely covered with fire-proof
cloth tarpaulin or any other suitable material so as effectually to protect the
explosives from communication of fire.
(5) All doors, hatches and
coverings of every compartments or hold containing explosives in or on any
carriage of vessel shall be kept, closed and secured except when explosives are
being loaded or unloaded into, on to or from it.
(6) When explosives are being
carried in or on a carriage or aircraft or vessel, they shall be kept away from
anything whether in the carriage or vessel or elsewhere that would be liable to
cause them to ignite or explode.
42. Delay
in transit to be avoided. - If the quantity of
explosives transported in any carriage or vessel exceeds 2.5 kgs., the person
or persons incharge of such carriage or vessel shall not stop or delay at any
place for a longer time than may be reasonably necessary, nor stop
unnecessarily at any place where such stopping would be attended with danger to
public.
43. Repairs
to conveyance. - Before
any repairs or alterations are commenced in any l[part
of a carriage or vessel] in which explosives are being, or have been
transported, all due precautions should be taken to remove all such explosives
or any remnants thereof, and the space in such carriage or vessel in which such
explosives have been carried shall be thoroughly washed out to ensure that no
remnants of explosives remain therein.
1. Subs.
by G.S.R. 41 (E) dated 15th January 1988, for the words "part of a
vessel" (w.e.f. 18th January 1988).
44. Small
quantities of fireworks exempted. - Nothing contained
in rules 35, 40 and 41 shall apply to the transport of manufactured fireworks
in the custody of a person entitled to possess them without a licence under
rule 14 provided that not more than 2.5 kgs., of manufactured fireworks,
securely packed, shall be so transported in any motor vehicle licensed for
conveyance of more than six passengers.
45. Safety
distances between carriage and boats. - Where the explosives in two or more carriages, other than motor
vehicles or in two or more boats, travelling in company exceeding the maximum
quantity in rule 36 for any one carriage or boat, such carriages or boats shall
not approach within 5 meters of one another:
Provided
that-
(a) Nothing in this rule
shall apply to the transport of explosives by rail;
(b) The Conservator of the
port may waive the requirement within the limits of a port if in his opinion it
is impracticable to secure compliance within this rule.
PART-II
Transport by Water
46. Notice
of loading on or unloading from ships. - No explosive shall be loaded on or unloaded from a ship within the
Iii-nits of a port unless 48 hours' notice in writing of the intended time and
place of such operation has been given to the Conservator of the port.
47 Steamer fires and lights: No explosive shall be loaded on or unloaded from any ship
(a) Unless the engine room
fires have previously carefully banked up, and all other fires and lights
extinguished.
(b) While the ship is
attached to or alongside or port limits of any steam vessel or steam tug unless
the engine rooms fires of such steam vessel or steam tug, have previously been
carefully banked up and all other fires and light have been previously
extinguished:
Provided that
nothing in rule shall prevent the employment this of an artificial light ship’s
signal lights of a type approved in writing by the Chief Controller in areas
outside the and by the Conservator of the port within the port limits:
Provided
further that a steam tug may be employed at the port of Madras to place boats
alongside a ship carrying explosives or to remove them but no loading or
unloading operations shall be carried on so long as a tug is within a distance
of 50 meters from the ship.
48. Stowage. - No explosives shall be stowed in a ship except in accordance with
regulations contained in the Merchant Shipping Carriage of Dangerous Goods
Rules, 1978 (Annexure 1).
49. Conveyance
of explosives on special trade passenger ships: Any authorized explosives satisfying the requirements of Cls. (b) and
(c) of sub-rule (2) of rule 21 may be transported in a properly constructed
magazine on a trade passenger ship to which Part VIII of the Merchant Shipping
Act, 1958 (44 of 1958-AnnexureII) applies being a home trade ship as defined in
Cl. (16) of Sec. 3 of the said Act:
Provided
that-
(a) The consignor satisfies
the certifying officer referred to in Sec. 243 of the Merchant Shipping Act,
1958 (44 of 1958-Annexure 11) that no other means of conveying the explosives
are available;
(b) The magazine complies in
all respects with the specifications for magazine in ships laid down by the
Board of Trade and is approved by the Surveyors of the Mercantile Marine
Department;
(c) The explosives are packed
and marked in accordance with these rules;
(d) Detonators are not
carried in the same hold as other explosives; and
(e) The hold containing the
magazine does not contain any other hazardous or flammable goods at any time
during which the magazine is in use for the carriage of explosives.
50. Conveyance
of explosives on passenger vessels. -
(1) The
following explosive may be carried in a passenger vessel, namely:
(a) Any explosives not
exceeding 2.5 kgs in weight other than a fulminate (Class 5), ammunition
containing its own means of ignition (Class 6, Division 3), or fireworks (Class
7); and
(b) Detonators not exceeding
200 in number and certified in writing by the licensee not to contain in the
aggregate more than 225 gms of explosives:
Provided
that-
(i) Previous notice is given
to the person in charge of the vessel in which the explosive is intended to be
conveyed;
(ii)
All the
precautions are taken to prevent accidents by fire or
explosion;
(iii) Detonators are not
carried in the same compartment as another explosives.
(2) Nothing in rules 13, 40,
sub-rules (5) of rules 41, 47, 51 to 54 and 57 shall apply to explosives
carried in a passenger vessel under sub-rule (1).
51. Anchorage
of vessels carrying explosives. -
(1) Every vessel having
explosives on board and entering a port shall be anchored at such anchorage as
the Conservator of the port shall appoint in this behalf and shall not leave
such anchorage without the general or special order of the Conservator of the
port and subject to such conditions as may be specified in the order.
(2) Such anchorage shall in
no case be the same as that for vessels laden with petroleum and shall be at
such distance from the anchorage for vessels laden with petroleum as to render
it impossible for a fire originating at the former anchorage to affect vessel
anchored at the later.
52. Red
flag or warning light to be exhibited. - Every vessel
having explosives on board exceeding 50 kgs in weight shall while approaching
or leaving a port and during the time that it remains within the limits of the
port or on any inland water exhibit conspicuously-
(a) Between sunrise and
sunset a red flag not less than 1 meter square; and
(b) Between sunset and
sunrise a single red light visible all round the horizon.
53. Vessels
to lie singly. - Every vessel wholly or partly laden with
explosive shall lie singly and be kept at a distance of at least 50 meters from
any other vessel except during the actual transshipment of explosives, when one
boat may lie alongside on each side of a ship, boat or floating magazine and
two ships may lie alongside each other.
54. Vessels
not to lie alongside magazines, jetties, etc.- No
vessel having any explosive on board shall lie alongside any vessel, floating
magazine, quay, wharf, jetty land or landing stage except for the purposes of
loading or unloading and then only during the time necessary for the actual
loading or unloading of such vessel and shall proceed on its voyage without
delay except such as may by unavoidable in consequence of tide or weather.
55. Loading
and unloading prohibited while a vessel is underway. - No explosives exceeding 450 kgs in weight and no detonators shall be
loaded or unloaded while a vessel is underway.
Explanation.
- A vessel is
"underway" when she is not at anchor or moored or made fast to the
shore or a ground.
56. Place
of loading and unloading within a port area. - Explosives shall within the limits of a port, be loaded from, landed
at, brought into or deposited upon, only such quay or other place as the
Conservator of the port may be general or special order direct.
57. Cushion
to be sued - A cushion properly stuffed with oakum and
covered with leather, or one of such other kind as the Conservator of the port
may from time to time approve, shall be used in shipping an explosive in any
vessel or in landing it upon any wharf or other landing place within the limits
of a port.
58.
Ships to handle explosives with
despatch. -
(1) Ships arriving in a port
with explosives intended to be landed at the port shall discharge them with all
reasonable despatch, and ships taking explosives on board shall proceed to sea
with all reasonable despatch.
(2) No ship or boat shall
retain on board any cargo of explosives and remain in the port for a period
longer than three days:
Provided that
the Conservator of the port in consultation with Chief Controller may extend
such period under such conditions as deemed fit if he is satisfied that such
extension of period is considered necessary.
(1) No boats shall be used
for the transport of explosives exceeding 1,000 kgs. in weight except under and
in accordance with the conditions of the licence granted-
(a) By the Conservator of the
port in the case of a boat plying within the limits of a port, or
(b) By an officer appointed
by the Central Government in this behalf in the case of a boat plying in areas
outside port limits.
(2) The licence shall specify
the maximum quantity of explosives the boat is authorized to carry which
quantity shall be fixed in consultation with the Chief Controller.
(3) Every licence granted
under sub-rule (1) shall remain valid for a period of-
(a) Four months in the case of a boat plying within the limits of a port, and
(b) One year in the case of a
boat plying in areas outside port limits.
(4) The licence referred to
in sub-rule (1) shall be granted or renewed in such form and on payment of such
fees as may be specified by the Central Government.
(5) A copy of every licence
granted in sub-rule (1) shall be forwarded to the Chief Controller.
(6) Every person in charge of
any boat licensed under sub-rule (1) shall, when required so to do by an officer
mentioned in rule 179, produce the licence of such boat for inspection.
(1) Every boat carrying
explosives within the limits of a port shall carry on deck a buoy with a rope
27 meters length and 7.5 cms. Diameter, one end of the rope being attached to
the buoy and the other end to the boat.
The rope shall be attached to such part of the boat as is most clear of
spars gear or other obstruction and at such point as is approved by the licensing
authority under rule 59.
(2) The buoy shall be a
drum-painted red measuring not less than 55 cm. in length and 35 cm. in
diameter, properly strapped with an iron band in the middle and having a ring
attached for securing the rope.
61.
Smoking, fire, dangerous articles and
other cargo prohibited. -
(1) The following shall not
be permitted on board any boat which has explosives on board-
(i) Fire or light of any
description other than the warning light referred to in rule 52;
(ii) Smoking;
(iii) Any substance of an
inflammable nature or liable to spontaneous ignition;
(iv) Any substance liable to
cause or communicate fire or explosion;
(v) Any other cargo,
unless the carrying of such cargo has been specially authorized in writing by
the Conservator of the port within port limits or by Chief Controller in areas
outside port limits:
Provided that
nothing in this rule shall apply to the transport of explosives in a
mechanically propelled boat subject to such conditions as may be specified by
the Chief Controller.
PART III
Transport by Rail
62. Rail
vans to be approved.
- No explosives other than
safety fuse and fireworks shall be transported by rail except in a van
specially constructed for the carriage of explosives and of a type approved by
the Chief Controller and the Railway Board.
63. Making
of railway carriage.-
(1) On each side of every
railway carriage containing and explosive there shall be affixed in conspicuous
characters by means of a securely attached label or otherwise the word
"Explosives ".
(2) Nothing in sub-rule (1)
shall apply in a carriage containing explosives transported in accordance with
the provisions of Cl. (b) of rule 64 or rule 69.
64. Transport
of explosives with ordinary goods. - Notwithstanding
anything contained in rule 62, the following explosives may be transported by
any train other than a passenger or mixed train in a carriage not carrying any
article or substance liable to cause or communicate fire or explosion-
(a) Any quantity of safety
fuse for blasting;
(b) Any other explosive
approved by the Chief Controller for the purpose of this rule provided such
explosive is packed in metallic cases or cylinders which fulfil all the
requirements of these rules and are of a pattern approved by the railway
administration and the Chief Controller.
65. Position
of railway carriages.-
Every railway carriage
containing explosive shall be placed as far away as practicable from the engine
and shall be close-coupled to the adjoining carriages not loaded with
explosives to other articles or substances of flammable or hazardous nature,
provided that-
(a) On the
Darjeeling-Himalayan Railway carriages containing explosives need not be
close-coupled;
(b) On the Nilgiri and
Karaikal-Peralam Railways, only one carriage need intervene between the engine
and carriages;
(c) On the electrified
section of Railways when trains are hauled by electric locomotives, no
carriages need intervene between the engine and the carriage containing
explosives.
66. Maximum
quantity of explosives to be transported by rail. - Not more than 5 carriages containing explosives shall at any one time
be loaded or unloaded at or on any railway station or wharf and not more than
10 carriages containing explosives shall be attached to or transported by any
one train.
67. Prohibition
on passenger or mixed trains. - No explosive
shall be transported by any passenger or mixed train.
68. Despatch
of explosive vans by mixed trains. - Notwithstanding
anything contained in rule 67, any explosive may be transported by a mixed
train in vans specially approved under rule 62 on any line or section on which
goods trains are not running subject to the following conditions-
(a) Not more than three such
vans containing explosives shall be hauled at any one time;
(b) There shall be not less
than three carriages between the vans containing explosives, and the engine and
between such vans and the passenger carriages;
(c) The vans containing
explosives shall be closed-coupled to the adjoining carriages and to each
other;
(d) Immediately on entering
on any section upon which goods trains are running, the vans containing
explosives shall be detached from the mixed train.
69. Conveyance
of explosives by passenger or mixed trains. -Notwithstanding anything contained in rules 62 and 67, the following
explosives may be transported by passenger or mixed train-
(i) Safety fuse for
blasting;
(ii) Explosive of the 3rd
(Nitro-compound) Class, other than propellants, in the form of cartridges not
exceeding in the aggregate 2.5 kgs. in weight, provided no detonators are
carried in the same compartment;
(iii) Detonators to the number of 200 if the amount of explosives in
the package or packages containing detonators does not exceed in the aggregate
225 gms., provided-
(a) A certificate to such
effect is tendered by the consignor; and
(b) No other explosive is
carried in the same compartment;
(iv) Sporting powders and
propellants packed in double packages prescribed in Sch. II, provided-
(a) The explosive is
contained in tin canisters containing not more than 5 kg. each packed in a
stout wooden case with a completely spark proof outer cover of tin or zinc or
in a metal case of cylinder of a pattern approved by the Chief Controller;
(b) No outer case contains
more than 12.5 kg. of explosives; and
(c) The total consignment by
one train does not exceed in the aggregate 37.5 kgs.
70. Receipt of consignment of explosives by
railways. -Consignments of explosives intended to be
transported by rail shall be received only
(a) By a servant authorized
by the Railway Administration concerned to receive dangerous goods; and
(b) At such times between
sunrise and sunset and at such places within railway
premises as the Railway Administration may specify in this behalf.
71. Shunting. - No shunting of carriages containing explosives shall be carried out on any railway save under the
superintendence of duly authorized officer who shall 6e responsible that-
(a) When the train is being
marshalled carriages loaded with explosives engine by not less than three
carriages containing no explosive or easily inflammable substance;
(b) During the shunting of
carriage containing explosive, the speed of all movements shall not exceed 8
kilometers an hour; and
(c) No loose shunting takes
place.
72. Delivery
to and from railway premises.-
(1) Packages containing any
explosive shall be removed by the consignee from the station, wharf or depot of
the railway to which they have been transported as soon as practicable and with
all due diligence after arrival.
(2) If the packages are not
removed within the twelve hours of daylight following their arrival the
packages and contents may be forthwith returned to the consignor at his risk and expense.
(3) Every package containing
an explosive shall until removed, returned or despatched be kept in a sage
place under the special direction of the Station master at a sage distance from
the station building under the pol8ice guard if necessary and shall be
completely covered with tarpaulins or other suitable
73. Power
of Railway Administration.-
(1) Where a Railway
Administration suspects that an explosive or carriage or package containing an
explosive does not comply with any of these rules, the Administration may
(a) Prevent the entry of such
explosive, carriage or package upon their premises or refuse to receive or
transport them; or
(b) At any time open or
require such carriage or package to be opened to ascertain the facts.
(2) If any explosive or any
carriage or package containing explosives is found not to comply with any of these
rules, the Railway Administration may return such explosives carriage or
package to the consignor at his risk and expense.
(3) Where any explosive or
any carriage or package containing explosive not complying with these rules
cannot in the opinion of the Railway Administration be returned to the
consignor under sub-rule (2) without -undue risk the administration may, in
consultation with the Chief Controller and in such manner as he may specify,
destroy at the consignor's risk and expense the explosives or the contents of
the carriage or package.
74. Explosives
not to be carried across railway bridges. -No explosive shall be carried otherwise than by rail across any railway
bridge with reasonable facilities for the transport thereof by rail are afforded
by the Railway Administration:
Provided that
nothing in this rule shall apply to-
(a) Safety fuses for blasting
in any quantity; or
(b) Gunpowder or
nitro-compound not exceeding 5 kgs. or any quantity of ammunition, Class 6,
Divisions 2 and 3.
PART IV
Transport by Road
75. Streets,
public places and other specified areas. -
(1) No person shall transport
or cause to be transported any explosive on any road within the limits-of a
municipality or cantonment where such road is specifically prohibited for
plying vehicles carrying explosives.
(2) Nothing in sub-rule (1)
shall apply to-
(a) Any explosive of 7th
(fireworks) Class, or safety fuse; or
(b) Other explosives not
exceeding 5 kgs. in weight.
76. Licence
for road vans. -No person shall transport or cause to be
transported any explosives in a road van unless such vehicle is licensed under
these rules to carry explosives:
Provided that
nothing in this rule shall apply to transport of safety fuse and fireworks.
77. Restriction
on transport of explosive by vehicles other that road
vans.-
(l) No explosive shall be
transported by any carriage which is no a road van:
Provided that
any explosive may be transported by any carriage which is not a road van if the
distance from the place of loading to the place of destination does not exceed
10 km. and the following conditions are complied with-
(a) The transport of
explosives is restricted to the period between sunrise and sunset;
(b) The explosives are
accompanied by at least two able-bodied guards;
(c) A red flag is displayed
on each cart;
(d) The packages containing
explosives are suitably covered by a tarpaulin, and secured.
(2) Nothing in sub-rule (1)
shall apply to transport of safety fuse or fireworks.
(1) The person incharge of
loading explosives into or into a vehicle or aircraft for carriage shall ensure
that the explosives are stowed in such a manner that-
(a) During normal course of
transport they will not move and will be protected against friction and
bumping; and
(b) Should it become
necessary to unload any of the explosives, those remaining can be bestowed with
as little disturbance as possible.
(2) No person shall load or
unload explosives on to or from a licensed vehicle, except when the engine of
the vehicle is stopped, the wheel is choked and the hand brake applied.
79. Restrictions
on use of towed vehicles.
- No person shall transport
explosives in any towed vehicle or tow any vehicle transporting explosives.
80. Carriage
of explosives with other substances prohibited. - No other goods shall be carried with explosives in any vehicle:
Provided that
no more than 1000 kgs. of fireworks may be carried along with other goods not
being flammable and hazardous in nature.
81. Loading,
unloading, maintenance and operation of road vans. -
(1) After the loading or
unloading of explosives in or from any such vehicle is commenced the operation
shall not be stopped until completed and shall be completed as expeditiously as
possible.
(2) No bale hooks or 'other
metal tools shall be used for the loading, unloading or handling of packages
containing explosives nor shall any package or container of explosives be
thrown or dropped during such operation.
(3) The vehicle shall be
regularly checked to see that-
(a) The fire extinguishers
are filled and in working order;
(b) The electric wiring is
completely insulated and firmly secured;
(c) The fuel tank and feed
lines have no leaks;
(d) The chassis, engine,
inside and bottom of the body are clean and free from surplus oil and grease;
(e) The brakes and steering
apparatus are in good condition; and
(f) The spare type and wheel
are in a fixed position.
(4) Explosives shall not be
loaded on in a vehicle unless the vehicle has been periodically serviced in
accordance with the instructions specified in the service manual by the
manufacturer of the motor vehicle.
(5) The fuel tank of a
vehicle carrying or containing an explosive shall not be filled except in case
of necessity, in which case the engine shall be stopped, the ignition shut-off
and the tank filled only at a place where filling is not a danger to the public
safety. The driver of the road van
shall supervise filling of fuel taken keeping a fire extinguisher ready by his
side.
(6) The driver or operator of
a vehicle carrying or containing an explosive shall not stop unnecessarily or
for a longer period than is reasonably required, stops at places where the
public safety would be endangered shall be avoided:
Provided that
where a road van transporting or containing explosives is parked over night due
to the reasons beyond the control of licensee or the driver, the premises in
which the van is parked-
(a) Shall not be used for any
purpose that might give rise to the presence therein of an open flame, matches
or any substance or article likely to cause explosion
or fire;
(b) Shall be away from any habitation or any godown containing articles of a flammable nature or other hazardous goods:
Provided
further that the nearest police station shall be informed about the location
and temporary parking of the van.
(7) The driver or operator of
any vehicle carrying or containing an explosive shall not drive or conduct the
same in a dangerous or reckless manner.
(8) Routes passing through
centers of dense habitation shall, as far as possible, be avoided.
(9) A road van while
transporting explosives shall always be attended to b at least one able-bodied
person (in addition to the driver) who is capable of by looking after the
vehicle.
(10) When there is a convey of
two or more vehicles transporting explosives, where practicable, a space of at
least 300 meters shall be maintained between each such vehicle.
(11) Road van transporting
explosives shall not be driven past fires to any kind on or near the highway or
other thoroughfare.
(12) The driver of the road van
while transporting explosives shall, before crossing any unmanned railway
crossing or before crossing any main highway, bring the road van to a full stop
and proceed only when the way is safely clear.
(13) The original licence for
van granted under these rules or attested copy of the same shall always be
carried in the vehicle.
82. Lighting
of stationary vehicles.
- Where a road van carrying
explosives is stationary on a public road at night, otherwise than by reason of
delay incidental to the flow of traffic, driver or the licensee of the van
shall keep the parking lights "on" throughout the stay and if
necessary also provide reflectors in such position as to convey an effective
warning of the presence of the road van to the drivers of other vehicles.
83. Wheel
chocks. - Four-wheel chocks shall be carried in or on a
licensed vehicle at all times when explosives are being carried in or on the
vehicle.
84. Vehicle on fire. - If any fire occurs on a vehicle containing explosives the driver shall
take all practicable steps to ensure that all other traffic is stopped at least
300 meters from the vehicle and that all persons in the vicinity are warned of
the danger.
85. Accident to the vehicle. -
(1) Where a vehicle
transporting explosives is involved in an accident, fire or any other
occurrence, that causes a significant delay in the delivery of explosives or
damage to the vehicle or explosives, the driver or any other authorized person
accompanying the vehicle shall-
(a) Comply with all
requirements of law relating to road accidents;
(b) Inform nearest police
station-,
(c) Inform the licensee who
shall-
(i) Inform the Chief
Controller and the Controller in whose jurisdiction the accident has taken
place giving the full details of explosives carried and accident;
(ii) Arrange for safe storage
and custody of explosives till a examination by the Controller if required, and
then arrange for transport to the destination or place designated by the
Controller;
In case of a
break down of road van, the driver or the person incharge of the vehicle shall-
(a) Make or permit to be made
minor repairs if the repairs can be made without hazard;
(b) Where major repairs are
required, prevent such repairs being made until the explosives are transferred
to another van or are removed from the vehicle and stored under proper security
at a safe distance from the highway and at least 300 meters from any inhabited
premises-
(c) Inform the licensee who
shall in turn inform the Chief Controller and the Controller in whose
jurisdiction the vehicle is broken down giving full details of the explosives
and the circumstances attending the breakdown.
86. Fire
extinguishers to be provided. -
(1) Every road van shall be
provided with 2 fire- extinguishers or minimum 2 kgs. capacity. One of the extinguishers shall be capable of
dealing with electric fires and the other with engine fires, type fire or such
other similar fires in a van. The fire
extinguishers shall always be kept in good working condition.
(2) Fire extinguishers shall
be located where they will be convenient and ready for immediate use. Fire extinguishers shall also be examined
and recharged according to the manufacturers recommendations.
CHAPTER V
87. Licence for manufacture. -
(1) No person shall
manufacture any explosive at any place except in a factory or premises licensed
under these rules.
(2) The licensee shall be
responsible for all operations in connection with the manufacture of
explosives, which may be conducted in the licensed premises.
88. No
licence needed for manufacture in certain cases. -Notwithstanding anything contained in rule 87, no licence to
manufacture shall be necessary for manufacture at a Government or industrial
laboratory or a laboratory of an educational institution and under the
supervision of a qualified person of a quantity of explosive not exceeding an
amount reasonably necessary for the purpose of chemical experiment and test and
not intended for practical use or sale, subject to the following conditions,
namely:
(a) The Chief Controller
shall be given prior intimation of the nature of the explosives and the
quantity of explosives proposed to be manufactured in the laboratory together
with the name and address of the institution and the particulars and experience
of the person conducting the experiment.
(b) If the Chief Controller
on receipt of the information under Cl. (a) above is of the opinion that it
would not be safe to conduct such experiment he may, in writing, prohibit
conducting the experiment.
(c) All precautions shall be
taken to prevent injury to persons or damage to property and all provisions of
the Act and these rules shall be observed as far as they are otherwise
applicable.
(d) No experiment shall be
conducted to make any explosive which is specifically prohibited under Sec. 6
of the Act.
89. Approval
of manufacturing process. -
(1) No new explosive
after its inclusion in the list of authorized explosives shall be manufactured
unless the licensing authority and his permission obtained in writing approves
the process of manufacture.
(2) A person intending to
manufacture an authorized explosive shall submit to the Chief Controller
separately for each explosive a project report in duplicate containing, among
other relevant date, the following particulars:
(a) The detailed process
starting from the raw materials to the finished product describing the plant
and equipment, quantities of materials handled, operating conditions and
parameters, nature of controls and safety devices provided, the proposed method
of treating effluents and waste explosives;
(b) The nature and
composition of the explosives;
(c) The limiting percentage
of each ingredient of explosives;
(d) The specification of the
various raw materials including substitutes, if any, used in the process of
manufacture;
(e) Physical and chemical
characteristics of final produce;
(3) The Chief Controller
after scrutiny of the Project Report and after making such further enquiries as
may be considered necessary, may, if he is satisfied, approve the process for
each explosive separately.
(4) No person shall make any
changes in the process, nature and composition of explosives, specification and
limiting percentages of raw materials and ingredients without prior approval of
the Chief Controller.
(5) The Chief Controller may
cause at any time any test on any raw material, ingredients or explosives to
ascertain if these conform to the particulars given under sub-rule (2).
90. Restriction
on unauthorized persons:
(1) A factory licensed under
these rules for manufacture of explosives shall be surrounded by a wall or
barbed wire fencing at least 2 metres high of such strength and construction as
to effectively prevent entry of unauthorized persons.
(2) The area enclosed by such
wall or fence shall cover the safety zone required to be kept clear from any of
the process buildings or sheds.
(3) The licensee shall at his
own expense provide for safe custody of the factory a guard which shall be of
such strength as the District Authority may consider to be sufficient.
91. Buildings
to be used for specified purpose only. - Every building
in factory shall be used only for the purpose specified in the licence granted
under these rules:
Provided that
the licensing authority may temporarily permit the use of a building for a
purpose other than that specified in the licence after satisfying himself that
such a change is safe and for smooth operation of the process of manufacture.
92. Interior
of buildings to be suitably finished. -A building in which
explosive or any ingredient thereof which either by itself is possessed of
explosive properties, or which when mixed with any other ingredient or article
also present in such building is capable of forming an explosive mixture or an
explosive compound kept or present, or in the course of manufacture is liable
to be, shall, be a danger building; and the interior of every such building and
the benches, shelves and fittings in such building (other than the
machine) shall be so constructed or so
lined or covered as to prevent the exposure of any iron or steel and the
formation and detachment of any grit so as to come into contact with the
explosive or ingredient thereof in such building and such interior benches,
shelves and fittings shall, as far as reasonably practicable, be kept free from
grit and otherwise clean:
93. Provision
of mounds.- Every building used for production,
handling, storage testing of explosives in a licensed factory unless otherwise
exempted by the licensing authority shall be surrounded by a substantial mound
which shall be of a type and design approved by the Chief Controller:
Provided that
the licensing authority may allow blast walls in place of substantial mound if
such blast walls can be provided for the purpose.
94. Restriction
of articles liable to spontaneous ignition. - Oiled cotton, oil rags and oil waste and any article liable to
spontaneous ignition shall not be taken into any danger building except for the
purpose of immediate supply and work or immediate use in such building and upon
cessation of such work or use shall forthwith be removed.
95. Use
of special tools and implements. - No tools or
other implements shall be used or allowed to be present in a building used for
carrying out process of manufacture (hereinafter referred to as process
building) unless they are of wood, copper, brass or soft metal or material, or
are covered with safe and suitable material.
96. Particulars
to be exhibited on process building. - There shall at
all times be prominently exhibited clearly and legibly: -
(a) On every process building
in the licensed factory the same distinguishing number as mentioned in the
approved plan attached to the licence;
(b) Inside every process
building a notice showing -
(i) Maximum quantity of any
explosives or ingredients for such explosives that may be in the building at
any one time as authorised by the licensing authority;
(ii) The maximum number of
persons who may be in the building at any one time as authorised by the
licensing authority.
97. Prohibition
of smoking. - Except in places especially approved by the
licensing authority, no person shall smoke in any part of the licensed factory.
98. Protection
against lightning. -
(1) Every
process building shall have attached thereto one or more efficient lightning
conductors designed and erected in accordance with the specification laid down
in Indian Standard Specification No. 2309 as amended from time to time.
(2). The connections to
various parts and earth resistance of the lightning conductor terminal on the
building to the earth shall be tested at least once in every year by a
qualified Electrical engineer or any other competent person holding a
certificate of competency in this behalf from the State Electricity
Department. A certificate showing the
results of such test and the date of such test shall be hung up in a
conspicuous place in the process buildings:
Provided that
process buildings used for manufacture of firework, explosives of Class 7, may
not be provided with lightning conductor unless otherwise specified by the
licensing authority.
99. Suspension
of work during thunderstorms. -- Whenever a
thunderstorm appears to be imminent in the vicinity of the process building,
every person engaged in or about the building shall be withdrawn to a safe
distance and the building shall be kept closed and locked until the
thunderstorm has ceased or the threat of the same has passed:
Provided that where an operation is in process, stopping of which would
in itself contribute a danger in which case the operation shall be carried on
to point at which it can be suspended with safety, and no such operation shall
be commenced during the storm.
100. Removal
of foreign matter from ingredients. - No substance
shall be made or mixed into an explosive in or on licensed Premises unless it
has been thoroughly treated by shifting or other effective means for the
detection and removal of all foreign objects and matter that might cause danger
if not removed.
101. Protection
against fire. -
(1) Due provision shall be
made by the use of suitable working clothes without pockets and suitable shoes
and searching and otherwise, or by some or all of such means to prevent the introduction
into any danger building of fire, matches or any substance or article likely to
cause explosion or fire, and for preventing the introduction of any iron, steel
or grit into any part of the danger building where it would be likely to come
into contact with explosive over wholly or partially mixed ingredients thereof.
(2) Nothing in sub-rule (1)
shall apply to the use of such artificial lights as may be approved by the
Chief Controller for the purpose of manufacture.
102. Removal
of explosives and materials expeditiously. -
(1) All explosives
processed in a process building shall immediately be removed to the next
process building or a licensed magazine or store-house, as the case may be, and
no explosive shall be allowed to accumulate in any process building.
(2) Where the process in the
manufacture of explosive in a process building has been completed, all
substances that have been brought into the building or use in that process but
not used, and that are not immediately required for use in another process in
the same building, shall immediately be removed from the buildings
103. Repair
to building. -
(1) Before carrying
out repairs to any building or part thereof, including any equipment therein,
that building or equipment shall be thoroughly made free of explosives by a
suitable process of removal.
(2) If the repairs to the
building or a part thereof require use of any source of fire, licensee shall
issue a written permit allowing use of such articles under the supervision of a
competent person. A copy each of such
permit shall be preserved for a period of three months and presented on demand
by an inspecting officer.
(3) If major repairs are done
to a building or any part thereof including any machinery therein, that
building or part of it shall not be taken into use unless the same is permitted
by the licensing authority
104. Employment
of competent persons.
- No explosives shall be
manufactured in any building or part thereof except under the supervision of a
competent person employed by the licensee.
Such competent person shall be fully conversant with the process of
manufacture of explosives, hazards connected therewith and the provisions of
these rules.
105. Employment
of young persons.
- Any person who has
completed the age of 18 years but not 21 years, shall only be employed after he
submits to the employer an evidence of his age from a registered medical
practitioner, or a birth certificate.
106. Use
of vehicles. - Every vehicle and every trolley or receptacle
in which finished or partly finished explosives are transported in a licensed
factory area shall-
(a) Unless otherwise
approved, have no exposed iron or steel in its interior;
(b) Be closed or covered
while the explosive or its ingredients are being transported..
107
Maintenance of buildings, plants and equipment. -
(1) Every building in
or on licensed premises shall always be maintained in a fit condition,
(2) All plants and equipment
in a licensed factory shall be regularly serviced and maintained in a proper
and fit condition by the licensee. A
record of all such servicing and maintenance shall be maintained till the time
of next servicing and maintenance. In
case of any major or repairs or replacement to any machinery or equipment, such
record should be preserved till replacement of such machinery and equipment.
108. Facilities
for testing. - Proper testing facilities as approved by
Chief Controller for routine physical and chemical examination of raw
materials, intermediates and final products shall be provided by the licensee
in the licensed premises at place specially approved by the Chief Controller:
Provided that
the Chief Controller may direct the licensee, by a written order to prove such
additional facilities at such places which, in his opinion, are necessary for
maintaining desired quality and safe manufacture of explosives in the licensed
factory.
109. Disposal
of waste explosives. -
(1) The laboratories,
process buildings and machineries therein shall be swept and cleaned at the end
of each shift or earlier if necessary, and the sweepings shall be properly
collected and stored in a safe place till finally disposed of by the method
approved by the licensing authority.
(2) Adequate facilities for
safe destruction under the supervision of a competent person and at a place
approved by the licensing authority in the licences premises shall be provided
by the licensee for the materials collected under sub-rule (1).
110 Stoppage
of manufacturer of explosives: - If at any
operation in the process of manufacturer of an explosive no longer found to be
safe or behaviour of the explosives during the course of storage, transport or
use is no longer found to be safe due to change in the nature and composition
of explosive, or due to any other reason, the Chief Controller mav issue an
order in writing directing the licensee to discontinue forthwith the
manufacture of such explosive till such time the operation or the composition
is rectified to the satisfaction of the Chief Controller.
111 Exclusion
from list of authorised explosive. - If the Chief
Controller of Explosives stops the manufacture of any explosives under rule 110
or if any explosive is not manufactured for a continuous period of two years
such explosives may be excluded from the list of authorised explosives by the
Central Government.
112.
Maintaining records.
- The licensee of a factory
shall keep up-to-date records in the prescribed forms and produce the same
before an inspecting officer. Such
records shall be retained for a period of minimum 2 years.
CHAPTER VI
Possession, Sale and Use
PART I
113. Licence
for possession, sale and use. -
(1) No person shall
possess, sell or use any explosive except under and in accordance with a
licence granted under these rules.
(2) The licensee shall be responsible for all operations in
connection with the possession, sale or use of explosives, which may be
conducted in the premises covered by the licence.
114. No
licence needed for possession and sale in certain cases.-
(1) Notwithstanding
anything contained in rule 113, no licence shall be necessary for the
possession-
(a) Of any explosive by a
carrier or other person for the purpose of transport, when the same is being
kept or transported in accordance with the provisions of Chapter - IV
regulating transport of such explosives; or
(b) By any person of
manufactured fireworks in any quantity not exceeding 25 kg., provided that the fireworks-
(i) Are obtained and
intended by such person for immediate use and
not for sale and are
possessed by him for a period not exceeding 14 days; and
(ii) Are kept in a
substantial receptacle which is exclusively appropriated to the keeping of
explosives and is closed and secured so as to prevent unauthorized persons from
having access to the explosives; or
(c) By any person for his,
own private u and not for sale of gunpowder not exceeding 5 kgs. in any State,
other than Bihar Kerala and West Bengal, and of small arm nitro-compound not
exceeding 5 kgs., except in the State of Kerala, or 1[50]
metres of safety fuses for blasting or of soaked liquid oxygen explosives in
blast holds.
(d) by Railway Administration
of flare lights or other explosives for its own use and not or sale to any
other person by transfer or otherwise for maintaining railways, track , tunnels
provided that the provisions of the Acts and these rules are otherwise complied
with;
1. Ins.
by G.S.R 41 (E), dated 15th January 1988, for the figure “20” (w.e.f. 18th
January 1988).
(e) Of any explosive, which
is not for sale, and is required solely for the navigation of aircraft when
kept in an aircraft for use therein or for distribution to other aircraft or to
aerodromes or at an aerodrome for use there or for distribution to aircraft or
to other aerodromes, provided that the maximum quantity so possessed shall not
exceed 25 kgs., when carried in an aircraft and 50 kgs., when kept at an
aerodrome;
1[(f) and
sale from a shop of amorces (an explosive of Class 7 and division 2) in
quantity not exceeding 12.5 kgs.]:
1. Ins.
by Explosives (Amendment) Rules, 1987, vide G.S.R. 995 (E), 16th December, 1987
(w.e.f. 18th December, 1987).
Provided that
in respect of Cls. (b) and (c), the Central Government may prohibit the
possession of any explosive or prescribe any conditions under which the
explosives can be possessed without a licence when considered necessary for the
security of public peace.
(2) Notwithstanding anything
contained in rule113, no licence shall be necessary for the sale of such
explosives manufactured by the Armed Forces of Union and Ordinance Factories or
other establishment of such Forces as are sold or delivered to any person who
is in possession of a valid licence issued under these rules for the class and
quantity of explosives so sold or delivered.
115. Possession
in the licensed premises only. - A person holding
licence for possession of explosives granted under these rules shall store the
explosives only in premises specified in the licence.
116.
Protection from lightning. -
(1) Every
magazine shall have attached thereto one or more efficient lightning conductors
designed and erected in accordance with the specification laid down in Indian
Standard Specification No. 2309 as amended from time to time.
(2) The connections to
various parts of earth resistance of the lightning conductor terminal on the
building to the earth shall be tested at least once in every year by a
qualified electrical engineer or any other competent person holding a
certificate of competency in this behalf from the State Electricity
Department. A certificate showing the
results of such test and the date of the last test shall be hung up in
conspicuous place in the building.
117. Precautions
during thunderstorm.-
Whenever a thunderstorm
appears to be imminent in the vicinity of a magazine or store-house every
person engaged in or about such magazine or store-house shall be withdrawn to a
safe distance from such magazine and store-house and the magazine and the
storehouse shall be kept closed and locked until the thunderstorm has ceased or
the threat of it has passed.
118. Building
to be kept clean. -
(1) The interior of
every building or room used for storage of explosives and the benches, shelves
and the fittings in such building or room shall be so constructed or so lined
or covered as to prevent the exposure of any iron or steel and the detachment
of any grit, iron, steel or similar substance so as to come into contact with
the explosive in such building and such interior benches, shelves and fittings
shall, so far as is reasonable, practicably, be kept clean and free from grit.
(2) A cemented trough at
least 15 centimetres deep shall be provided near each entrance of a magazine or
storehouse. Such trough shall be kept
filled with clean water and no person shall enter the magazine or store-house
without dipping overshoes or feet in such a trough so as to remove any grit or
dust.
(3) Oiled cotton, oiled rags
or oiled waste or any articles liable to spontaneous ignition shall not be
taken into any magazine or store-house used for storage of explosives.
119. Maintenance
of records. - Every person holding a licence granted under
these rules for possession, sale or use of explosives shall maintain records in
the prescribed forms and shall produce such records on demand to an inspecting
officer.
120. Repairing
of licensed magazine or store-house: - Before repairs
are done to any magazine or store-house or part thereof used for storage of
explosives, that magazine or store-house shall be cleaned by removal of all
explosives and by thorough washing.
121. Prevention
of introduction of hazardous articles. - The licensee or
his authorised agent for the time being in charge of a magazine or storehouse
shall prevent persons employed or engaged in or about the magazine or
store-house from taking hazardous articles or substances therein by maintaining
an effective system of search and also providing them and making them wear,
whenever they are in the magazine or store-house, working clothes, without
pockets, and with suitable shoes.
122. Premises
to be kept locked. -
(1) Any licensed
magazine or storehouse shall be kept securely closed or locked at all times
except when goods are being placed in or taken from it or when it must be kept
open for some other purpose in connection with the management of such premises.
(2) The keys of the licensed
magazine shall, at all times, be kept secured in licensee’s own custody or of
his authorised agent and shall be produced for opening the magazine or
store-house whenever so required by an inspecting officer. The name and address of the person with whom
the keys will be kept shall be intimated to the licensing authority and the
Controller of Explosives having jurisdiction.
(1) The licensee shall
at his own expense provide for round the clock safe custody of the magazine or
store-house a guard which shall be of such strength as the District Authority,
may consider it to be sufficient.
(2) The licensee shall
provide a shelter for the watchman on duty near the magazine or store-house.
124. Repacking
or opening of packages.
-
(1) No packages
containing explosives shall be opened in magazine or store-house.
(2) Repacking of explosives
shall be done, where necessary in an approved open-sided shed having smoothly finished
cemented floor at a distance as approved by licensing authority.
125. Explosives
not to be kept in damaged boxes.- The licensee of
every magazine or store-house shall ensure that the explosives are always kept
in their original outer package. In
case the outer packages get damaged so that the explosives contained therein
cannot be stored or transported such explosives shall be repacked only after
the same are examined by a Controller of Explosives.
126.
Storage of explosives in excess of the
licensed quantity. -
(1) The quantity of any kind
of explosives kept in any licensed magazine or storehouse shall not exceed the
quantity entered in the licence against such kind of explosives.
(2) Notwithstanding anything
contained in sub-rule (1), the Chief Controller may issue a permit, on payment
of the prescribed fee to a holder of licence in Form 22 and such holders of
licence in Form 21 who also have licence in Form 20 (for the class of
explosives) for keeping of explosive in excess of the licensed quantity entered
in the licence when he is satisfied that such excess storage is essential and
unavoidable due to circumstances beyond the control of the licensee. The validity of such permit shall not exceed
30 days,
(i) The licensing authority
shall not issue any permit for excess storage of explosives if the magazine or
store-house cannot observe the requisite safety distances for the total
quantity entered in the licence plus the additional quantity of explosives so
permitted.
(ii) No permit for storage of
explosives in excess of the licensed capacity shall be granted if the specified
distances on the licence around the magazine or store-house or the floor space
in the specified rooms for storage of each kind of explosives is not adequate
for keeping of the total quantity of explosives, including the excess quantity
applied for. (3) The licensing authority may refuse to grant a permit for
excess storage of explosives if such excess storage is of a repeated nature.
(4) No explosive in excess of
the licensed quantity shall be stored in the magazine or store-house unless a
permit in this behalf is obtained from the licensing authority by a letter or
telegram.
127. Permit
for temporary possession of manufactured fireworks in excess
of the licensed quantity. - A permit may be
granted by the licensing authority to a holder of licence in Form 24 to possess
in addition to quantity permitted by the licence, any quantity of manufactured
fireworks so that the total quantity permitted to be stored does not exceed 125
kgs for a period not exceeding 15 days at a time provided that
(a) No rule or condition of
the licence other than that prescribing the maximum quantity of fireworks to be
possessed is infinged;
(b) The applicant pays
prescribed fees for excess storage.
128. Quantity
of explosives to be purchased in a given period of time. - A holder of a licence to possess, sell or use explosives shall purchase
only such quantity of explosives in a given period as may be specified in the
licence.
PART II
Magazines
129. Storage
in a magazine. - An explosive if stored in a magazine shall be
stored either in Mode ‘A’ or Mode ‘B’ magazine as specified in Schedule VII.
130. Restriction
on use of Mode 'B' magazine. -- Mode B magazine
shall be used for storage of explosives required for use for a temporary period
for a specific purpose and such magazine shall not be used for sale of
explosives.
131. Mound
of magazines. - A substantial mound shall be provided near a
magazine, if so required by the licensing authority. Such mound shall be of a type approved by the licensing authority
and shall always be maintained in good condition to provide effective
protection.
132. Magazine
or store-house to be at ground level. - A magazine or a
store-house shall be constructed at ground level only as a single storey
building.
PART
III
Store-House
133. Restrictions
on storage. - No explosives, other than fireworks and
sate fuse, shall be stored in any
storehouse.,
134.
Construction of store-house. -
(1) A store-house
shall be well and substantially built of brick, stone or concrete and shall be
so made and closed as to prevent unauthorised persons having access thereto and
to secure it from danger of fire from without.
Store-house shall be well ventilated.
(2) Where a store-house forms
part of a building, the other parts of which are used for any other purpose, it
shall be separated therefrom by suitable fireproof partitions and the walls,
floor, roof and doors shall be of fire-proof materials. Such store-house shall not be used for
storage of more than 150 kgs., of fireworks or fifty thousand metres of safety
fuse and shall be provided with independent entrance and such other measures as
may in the opinion of the licensing authority, be deemed necessary in the interest
of prevention of fire or accident. Such
store-house shall be at a minimum distance of 15 meters from any other premises
used for storage of explosive, flammable substances or other hazardous
materials, and shall not be used for sale of explosives:
Provided that
such store-house may be used for sale of explosives manufactured within a
licensed factory for manufacture of Class 1 and/or Class 7 explosives not
exceeding 1[15] kgs., at a
time, if such store-house is situated within such a factory.
1. Subs.
by G.S.R. 41 (E), dated 15th January 1988, for the figures “12.5” (w.e.f. 18th
January 1988).
PART-IV
Possession of small arms nitro compound
or fireworks 2[for
Gunpowder] and safety fuse for sale in
Form 24
2.
Ins. by ibid.
135. Construction
of premises. -
(1) All
explosives on the premises shall be kept in a brick, stone or concrete
building, which is closed and secured so as to prevent unauthorised person from
having access thereto.
(2) The premises shall have a
floor area of minimum nine square meters.
(3) The premises shall have
independent entrance and exit.
(4) If the premises are
situated in a building used for other purposes also, such premises shall not be
situated under a staircase and shall be so located as not to obstruct any
passage in form or to the building in case of fire or accident.
(5) The premises shall be
situated at ground level.
136. Special
precautions to be observed for fireworks. -
(1) Subject to other
provisions of this rule, fireworks shall be not placed or kept in a shop window
used for display of goads.
(2) Fireworks in the shop
shall be kept in a spark-proof receptacle, or the original outer packet in
which they were received if that package is effectively sealed and in good
order and condition.
(3) A receptacle or package
containing fireworks shall be kept in a position away from and clear of shop
traffic and to be separated from all articles of a flammable or combustible
nature.
(4) Where a package
containing fireworks is opened for sale, the fireworks, shall immediately be
placed in a clean, dust free and spark-proof receptacle.
(5) A receptacle that
contains fireworks shall-
(a) Not to be used otherwise
than as a container for fireworks;
(b) Not to be opened except
when fireworks are being placed in or taken from it;
(c) At all times to be kept
clean and free from dust and grit;
(d) Not have in it any
matches including Bengal Matches; and
(e) Not have in it any means
of artificial lighting.
137. Safety
distances to be maintained. - The premises
licensed in Form 24 for storage and sale of small arms nitro-compound,
fireworks or 2[gunpowder and]
safety fuse shall be at a distance of minimum 15 meters from any such premises
or any other premises used for storage of similar explosives, flammable or
hazardous materials.
138. Sale
of other articles prohibited: - The premises in
which small arm nitro-compound fireworks or 2[gun-powder
and] safety fuse is kept shall be used only for possession and sale of such
explosives and for no other purposes.
PART-V
Sale of Explosives
139. Explosives
to be sold from licensed premises. - No person shall
sell explosives from any premises other than those licensed under these rules.
140. Defacing
of marking prohibited.
- No person who sells any
explosives shall alter or deface any printing or marking on the explosives or
the packages thereof.
141. Restriction
on sale of explosives. -
(1) No person shall
sell any explosive to any person who is not authorised to possess such
explosive under these rules.
(2) No person shall sell,
deliver or cause to be delivered to any person any explosive that has
deteriorated or is defective.
(3) A licensee selling
explosives to a holder of licence in Form 23 shall endorse the transactions on
such licence form.
142. Explosives
not to be exposed for sale. - An explosive
shall not be hawked, sold or exposed for sale upon any highway, street, public
thoroughfare or public place.
143. Small
packages to be clearly marked. -- An explosive
shall, as far as practicable, be sold in original packages. If the quantity sold to any person is less
than the quantity of explosives packed in the original packing, such quantity
shall be packed in a safe and proper manner in a substantial package, which
shall be clearly marked with following markings
(1) Name of the explosives;
(2) Class and division
according to Schedule 1;
(3) Quantity of explosives
packed;
(4) Licence number of the
magazine from where the explosives were supplied and packed;
(5) Name of the person, who
packed the explosives-,
(6) Date of packing;
(7) Name of the consignee.
PART-VI
USE
OF EXPLOSIVES
144. Competent
persons to be employed. -- No person shall
use explosives for blasting purposes unless he employs a qualified shot-firer
holding a short-firer’s permit granted under these rules:
Provided that
for blasting operations in mines coming under the purview of the Mines Act,
1952, such shot-firer shall have qualifications prescribed in the regulations
framed under the said Act.
145. Restrictions
on preparation of charges. -
(1) An explosive of one
description shall not be converted into an explosive of another description and
an explosive shall not be unmade or resolved into its ingredients.
(2) The explosives of Class 2
or Class 3 shall be used in their original cartridge packing and such
cartridges shall not be cut to remove explosives for making cartridges of
different sizes.
(3) The licensee shall get
prior approval of the authority, which granted his licence for preparation as
is allowed by these rules.
146. Restriction
on conveyance of explosives to or at the blasting site. -
(1) Explosives
shall only be conveyed from the licensed storage premises to near the site in
original unopened packages or in closed containers used solely for that
purpose.
(2) Explosives shall not be
taken to a point nearer than 50 metres from any site until such site is ready
for charging.
(3) Explosives shall not be
conveyed in any vehicle with any other materials, tools or implements other
than that required for the purpose of blasting.
(4) Explosives left over
after the day's work shall be returned to the licensed premises from which the
same were taken.
(5) The containers used for
carrying explosives from original packages shall be maintained thoroughly cleaned
and dried and shall be kept closed when not in use. The containers shall be provided with either handles or carrying
straps of adequate strength and shall
be conspicuously marked with the word "Explosives".
(6) Detonators shall be
conveyed in special containers. These
shall not be carried with other explosives.
Batteries-, dry cells and other sources of electric energy shall not be
carried in the vehicle-carrying detonators.
147. Explosives
to be examined before use. -
(1) Explosives
before use shall be visually examined for any visible defects and any defective
explosives shall not be used.
(2) Any explosive showing
signs of deterioration of any kind should be reported immediately to the
licensing authority and such explosives set aside for examination by such
authority.
(3) Gun-powder, which is
found to be caked owing to the moisture, shall not be used.
(4) Frozen nitro-glycerine
explosives shall not be used until thawed under the supervision of experienced
persons. Where freezing is likely to
occur only low-freezing explosives shall be used,
148. Precautions
to be observed at site. -
(1) The electric power
at the blasting site shall be discontinued as far as practicable before
charging the explosives.
(2) No work other than that
associated with the charging operations shall be carried out within 10 metres
of the holes unless otherwise specified to the contrary by the licensing
authority.
(3) When charging is
completed, any surplus explosive detonators and fuses shall be removed from the
vicinity of the hole and stored at a distance which would prevent sympathetic
detonation in the event of a charge detonating prematurely in any hole.
(4) The holes, which have
been charged with explosives, shall not be left unattended till the blasting is
completed.
(5) Care shall be taken to
ensure that fuse or wires connected to the detonators are not damaged during
the placing of stemming material and tamping.
149. Suitable
warning procedure to be maintained. - The licensee or a
competent person by the licensee to be in charge of the use of explosives at
the site shall lay dow6 a clear warning procedure consisting of warnings signs
and audible signals and all persons employed in the area shall be made fully
conversant with such signs and signals.
150. Precautions
to be observed while firing. -
(1) The end of the
safety fuse should be freshly cut before being lighted.
(2) The exploiters shall be
regularly tested and maintained in a fit condition for use in firing. An exploder shall not be used for firing a
circuit above its rated capacity.
(3) The electric circuit
shall be tested for continuity before firing.
All persons other than the shot-firer and his assistants, if any, shall
be withdrawn from the site before testing the continuity.
(4) For the purpose of
joining the ends of all wires and cables should have the insulation removed for
a maximum length of 5 cms and should then be made clean and bright for a
minimum length of 2.5 cms; and the ends to be joined should be twisted together
so as to have a positive metal contact.
151. Precautions
against stay currents. -
Where electrically operated
equipment is used in locations having conductive ground or continuous metal
objects, tests shall be made for stray currents to ensure that electrical
firing can proceed safely.
152. Person
incharge to be responsible. - The licensee or a
competent person employed by him to be incharge of blasting operations shall
take all precautions against fire or accident involving explosives.
153. Blasting
operations in mines. -
Nothing in rules 146, 148 to
151 shall apply for blasting operations in mines under the purview of the Mines
Act, 1952, and such operations shall be carried out according to regulations,
framed under that Act.
154. Application
for licence. -
(1) A person desiring
to obtain or renew t or amend a licence under these rules shall submit an
application in writing the authority empowered to grant, renew or amend such a
licence.
(2) The application shall be
signed by the licensee or applicant himself, as the case may be, or by a person
authorised by him in writing in this behalf, and shall, in the latter case, be
accompanied by such authorisation.
(3) Every application for
grant of a licence to manufacture explosive shall consist of following:
(a) An application in Form 3;
(b) Plans of the proposed
buildings and the site drawn to scale.
The site plan should show full approach road net work to the factory/or
premises;
(c) A description of
situation, character and construction of all mound buildings, (production,
non-production, stores, administrative, etc. and safety distances observed by
each building;
(d) A description of
process/work to be carried out in each buildings or part thereof;
(e) A description of plant
and equipment and its location provided in each building or part thereof;
(f) A description of
explosives and ingredients thereof, whether wholly or partially mixed that will
be present in any building or machine at any one time;
(g) A description of maximum
number of persons to be employed in each building;
(h) A description of any
special constructions which the applicant may propose by reason of special
circumstances, arising from the location, situation or construction of any
building or works, or the nature of process or otherwise;
(i) Prescribed scrutiny fee;
(j) In case where
application is made in the name of a company, the names and addresses of
directors and -partners and the name, address and specimen signatures of person
or persons authorised to sign correspondence in respect of licence applied
for. Any change in such name and
addresses should be immediately communicated to the licensing authority.
(4) Every application for
grant of a licence in Form 21, Form 22 or Form 24 to possess explosives for
sale or use shall consist of the following
(a) An application in Form 4
or Form 5, as the case may be;
(b) Plans drawn to scale of
the proposed premises and of the site on which such premises are situated. The site plan should clearly show the
complete approach road network, nearby landmarks, distances from nearby
protected works;
(c) Drawings of the premises
and the mounds, if provided;
(d) In case where the
application is made in the name of the company, the name and addresses of the
directors and partners and the name, address and specimen signatures of person
or persons authorised to sign correspondence in respect of licence applied
for. Any change in such name and
addresses should be immediately communicated to the licensing authority
(5) Application for grant of
a licence in form 23 shall consist of the following:
(a) An application in Form 5
for licence as per preamble (b) and
(c) Or Form 6 for licence as
per preamble (a) of the licence Form 23, as
the case may
be;
(b) Plans showing site,
location and construction details of tile premises. The site plan should clearly show complete approach road network,
surrounding areas, landmarks and safety distances observed.
(6) Application for grant of
licence in Form 25 for a Road Van shall consist of the following:
(a) An application in Form 7;
(b) Drawings of the Road Van
showing the complete details of construction and other ancillary equipment
provided;
(c) Prescribed scrutiny fee.
(7) An application in Form
26, Form 27, Form 28 or Form 29 shall consist of the following:
(a) An application in Form 8,
Form 10, Form 11 or From 12 as the case may be;
(b) Prescribed scrutiny fee.
(8) An application for grant
of a Shot-firer permit shall consist of the following:
(a) An application in Form 9;
and
(b) Prescribed scrutiny fee.
(1) (a) A licence may be granted by the authorities specified in Col.
(4) of Sch. IV in the Form specified in
Col. (2) for the purpose specified in Col. (3) thereof on payment of fees
specified under these rules:
Provided that
no new licence in Forms 20, 21 and 22 shall be granted unless the provisions of
rule 156 have been complied with:
Provided
further that the licensing authority may waive all or any of the provisions of
rule 156, if-
(i) The
premises proposed to be licensed is within the factory licensed under these
rules for manufacture of explosives and the required safety distances are under
the control of applicant;
(ii) The premises for which
the new licence is required are situated within the same survey number, in
which the applicant has an existing premises and a current valid licence for
the same and the required safety distances are available within the safety
distance of such Existing premises.
(b) No licence for
manufacture of explosives 1[*
* *] shall be granted or renewed to a person for his factory not registered
under the Factories Act, 1948 (63 of 1948), unless he executes a bond in Form
19 in favour of the President of India indemnifying persons injured or
dependents of deceased workers in the event of an accident in the factory 2[an amount of Rs. 10,000/- for factories
manufacturing upto 15 kg of gunpowder or fireworks at any one time] an amount
of Rs. 25090/ or factories manufacturing up to 200 kgs., of gunpowder or
fireworks at any one time and Rs. 50,000 in every other case;
1. The
words “other than explosives” emitted by G.S.R. 41 (E), dated 15th
January 1988 (w.e.f. 1988)
2. Ins.
by G.S.R. 182 (E), dt. 1991 (w.e.f. 26th
March, 1991)
(2) (a) Licensing authority may grant a licence for the period deemed necessary but not exceeding-
(i) Six months to import explosives in Form 27 and to export
explosives in Form 28;
(ii) 1[3 months] to possess explosives in error,
23 as specified therein;
1. Subs.
by G.S.R. 511 (E), dated 19th June, 1985, published in the Gazette of India,
Extraordinary, Pt.II, Sec. 3 (i), dated 25th June, 1985, for the figure and
word "15 days" (w.e.f. 25th June, 1985).
(iii) One month for
public display of fireworks in Form 29.
(b) Every
other licence granted or renewed under these rules shall remain in force until
the expiry of the financial year immediately following the financial year in
which it was issued.
(c) Notwithstanding anything contained in Cl. (b), the licensing authority where it is satisfied that a licence is required for a specific work or festival which is not likely to last upto expiry of the financial year for which the licence is granted or renewed may grant or renew a licence for such period as is actually necessary:
Provided that
the date so specified does not extend beyond the expiry of the financial year
following the year in which the licence is granted or renewed.
(3) An application for grant
of a new licence in Form 24 or Form 29 may apply to the district authority for
a certificate to the effect that there is no objection to the applicant
receiving licence for the site proposed and the district authority shall, if he
sees no objection, grant such certificate to appellant who shall forward that
certificate to licensing authority with his application.
(4) The licensing authority,
may refer an application not accompanied by a certificate granted under
sub-rule (3) to district authority for his observations.
(5) If the district authority,
either on reference being made to him, or otherwise, intimates to the Chief
Controller, as the case may be, that any licence which has been applied for
should not in his opinion be granted, such licence shall not be issued without
the sanction of the Central Government.
(6) No licence to import
explosives shall be necessary in cases where the explosives imported-
(i) Is not intended to be
stored on the port of import but is intended to be transported direct to a
territory not being part of India-
(ii) Can be possessed without
a licence under rule 114.
(7) An application for a
licence to use explosive shall, if the operation are to be carried on within
100 metres of a railway line, obtain from the railway authority concerned a
certificate to the effect that there is no objection to the applicant receiving
a licence for the site proposed and forward a certificate to the licensing
authority with his application.
(8)(1) A cultivator applying
for a licence in Form 23, shall obtain a certificate from agricultural field
man or a Gram Sewak or any other local authority to the effect that-
(a) The certifying authority
has inspected the site and is satisfied that the levelling of ground is
necessary or removal of tree stumps is necessary or sinking of wells is necessary
or sinking of wells has been partly completed, as the case may be; and
(b) Further work which is
necessary is not possible without blasting and forward the certificate to the
licensing authority with his application.
(2) A person other than cultivator
shall obtain a certificate from local authority having jurisdiction to the
effect that the certifying authority has inspected the site and is satisfied
that the work for which explosives are required is not possible without
blasting.
(9) An application for grant
of a licence to manufacture Ammonium Nitrate Fuel Oil explosives (ANFO) for own
immediate use or to possess for own use liquid oxygen explosives at sites
coming under the purview of the Mines Act, 1952, shall be accompanied by a
certificate from the Chief Inspector of Mines that the site where such
explosives, are to be manufactured, possessed and used is under the control of
the applicant and comes under the purview of the Mines Act, 1952, and the
applicant is authorised to use liquid oxygen explosives or ANFO explosives and
conduct mining operations in the area proposed to be covered by the licence.
156. Procedure
to be observed before a licence in Forms 20, 21 or 22 is
granted. -
(1) A licensing
authority on receipt o.' application and the particulars as provided under
sub-rule (3) or (4) of rule 154 shall scrutinise the documents and forward to
the applicant a statement showing the distances in Form 17 which should in his
opinion be kept clear in any.' around the factory or magazine premises or any
part thereof and from other building and works. On receipt of the statement the applicant shall enter, the exact
distance, which can actually be so kept clear, shall sign the statement and
shall return it together with any representation which he may desire to make to
the licensing right.
(2) After considering any
representation made by the applicant under sub rule (1) and after making such
enquiries as deemed necessary, the licensing authority may further scrutinise
the application and ask the applicant to make changes considered necessary.
(3) After receiving correct
documents as per requirements of these rules, the licensing authority shall
refer the application to-
(i) The district authority
concerned together with a description of enquiries to be carried out, a draft
licence and a ,statement in Form 18 showing the distances which he considers
should be Kept clear in and around the factory, magazine or store-house;
(ii) Any other authority for
such enquiry as deemed necessary.
(4) Upon receipt of the said
application the district authority shall forthwith cause notice to be published
of such application and of the time and place at which he will be prepared to
hear it, and calling upon any person objecting to the establishment of the factory
or magazine or store-house on the proposed site to give notice of such
objection to him and to the applicant of not less than seven clear days before
the day fixed for hearing the application together with his name, address and
calling and a short statement of the grounds of his objections. The day of hearing the application shall be
a day following as soon as practicable, after the expiration of the period of
one month referred to in sub rule (6).
(5) Where the site of the
proposed factory or magazine lies within 1.5 km. of the limits of the
jurisdiction of town planning municipal authority or port authority, the
applicant shall prepare, for service for such authority, a notice of the
application and of the said day of hearing.
(6) The notice under sub-rule
(4) shall be published and the notice under sub-rule (5) served, at the expense
of the applicant by the district authority not less than one month before the
said day of hearing.
(7) On the day fixed for the
hearing or any day to which such hearing may be adjourned from time to time,
the district authority shall hear an objection preferred in accordance with
sub-rule (4) and by any authority referred to in subrule (5) and shall make
such enquiry as he may deem necessary.
(8) On
completion of the enquiry the district authority shall forward the application,
statement and plans to the licensing authority together with a report of the
procedure followed by him and whether he has any objection to the applicant
receiving a licence at the site proposed.
(9) The district authority
shall complete his enquiry under sub--rules (4) to (7) and forward the report
to the licensing authority as expeditiously as possible but not later than six
months of the date of the reference made by the licensing authority.
(10) If the district authority
objects to the grant of the licence on any of the grounds specified in sub-rule
(3), no licence shall be granted by the licensing authority except with the
sanction of the Central Government.
(11) Notwithstanding anything contained in this rule, provisions of
subrules (3) to (10) except rule 3 (ii) shall not apply in case of an
application for grant of a licence to manufacture, possess and sale liquid
oxygen explosives or to the manufacture of Ammonium Nitrate Fuel Oil explosives
(ANFO) at site of use coming under the purview of the Mines Act, 1952.
157. Procedure
to be followed for grant of a licence in Form 22 to possess
small quantity of explosives for own use. - Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rules (3) to (7) of rule 156,
where the licensing authority is the Chief Controller or a Controller and where
the quantity of explosive proposed to be possessed for own use under licence in
Form 22 does not exceed 100 kgs., the applicant may apply to the district authority
together with an application in Form 5, statement in Form 17 and the necessary
plans for the grant of a certificate to the effect that there is no objection
to the applicant receiving a licence for the site proposed and district
authority shall, if he sees no objection after conducting enquiries as required
under these rules, grant such certificate to the applicant who may forward it
to the licensing authority together with his application.
158. Procedure
to be observed for grant of a short-firer is permit. -
(1) The Chief Controller or
any authority authorised by him in this behalf shall conduct such examination
and enquiries as deemed necessary before granting permit to any shot-firer:
Provided that
no examination of the shot-firer may be necessary if the Chief Controller is
satisfied, that applicant possesses requisite qualifications and experience.
(2) The applicant shall pay
prescribed fees for the examination, if any, under sub-rule (1).
159. Procedure
on grant of No Objection Certificate by the district authority.
- The licensing authority on receipt of No
Objection Certificate from the district authority for grant of a licence may
make such other enquiries as deemed necessary and take further action for grant
of licence:
Provided that
if the licensing authority does not receive the No Objection Certificate under
rule 156 (8) within the time limit or any extension thereof, such authority may
advise the applicant accordingly and take further action as deemed necessary.
160. Refusal of No Objection Certificate. - The authority refusing to grant No Objection Certificate as required
under rule 156, shall record in writing its reasons for such refusal and
communicate such reasons and facts of the case to the licensing authority. The rea-sons for not issuing No Objection
Certificate may be communicated to the applicant if demanded, unless in the
opinion of the licensing authority such reasons cannot be divulged in the
public interest.
161. Procedure on grant of a licence for a magazine, store-house or to
manufacture explosives. -
(1) Two copies of every
licenece granted by the Chief Controller or the Controller shall be forwarded
to the district authority and n case the licensing authority is the Chief
Controller, the original licence shall e forwarded to the Controller in whose
jurisdiction the premises are situated.
(2) If the Controller,
after inspection, is satisfied that all the requirements of these rules and the conditions of the licence have
been complied with, he shall forthwith
endorse the licence, but unless and until so endorsed, the licence all not come
into force:
Provided that
when a licence cannot be endorsed forthwith, it shall come into force from such
date as the licensing authority may order in writing.
(3) If the Controller of
Explosives decides not to endorse licence, he shall immediately return the
licence to the licensing authority together with a statement of his reasons for
not endorsing it.
(4) On receipt of statement referred to in sub-rule (3), the
licensing authority after making such enquiry, if any, as he may consider
necessary communicate his decision to the applicant and the district authority-
162. Procedure-on
grant of a licence to possess and sell explosives to
transport explosives or to possess explosives for own use by cultivators
or other persons.
(1) A copy of every licence granted to possess and sell explosives
in Form 24 or to transport explosives in Form 26 shall be forwarded to the
district authority concerned.
(2) The district authority
shall forward a copy of every licence granted by him in Form 23 or Form 24 to the Controller having
jurisdiction over the area.
163. Particulars
of licence. -- Every 'licence granted under these rules
shall be held subject to the observance of these rules and the conditions
endorsed on it and shall contain all particulars which are contained in the
Form prescribed for it by these rules.
(1) Any licence granted under
these rules may be amended by the authority empowered to grant the licence
provided that amendment shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of these
rules.
(2) A licensee who desires to
have his licence amended shall submit the following particulars to the
licensing authority, namely:
(a) An application stating
nature of the amendment and the reasons therefor;
(b) The original licence
together with enclosures to it;
(c) Plans showing the details
of the proposed amendment if such plans
are required by the
licensing authority for the purpose of amendment;
(d) Prescribed scrutiny fee;
(e) Prescribed amendment fee.
(3) The licensing authority
after scrutiny of the documents submitted under sub-rule (2) and after making
such further enquiries and taking such action as deemed necessary may take
suitable action to amend the licence.
(1) A licence may be renewed
by the authority empowered to grant such licence provided that a licence, which
has been granted by the Chief Controller, may be renewed without any alteration
by a Controller duly authorised by the Chief Controller in this behalf
Provided that
a Sub-Divisional Magistrate or an Executive Magistrate or a Taluka Magistrate
may renew a licence that has been granted by the district authority without any
alteration duly authorised by the district authority in this behalf.
(2) The Controller authorised
by the Chief Controller under sub-rule (1) may, and when so required by the
Chief Controller, shall require the 'licensee to follow the procedure laid down
under sub-rule (1) of rule 156 before renewing licence in Form 20 or Form 21 or
Form 22.
(3) Every application for the
renewal of a licence shall be made so as to reach the licensing authority or
the authority empowered to renew the licence at least 30 days before the date
on which the licence expired, and if the application is so made, the licence
shall be deemed to be in force until such date as the licensing authority
renews the licence or until an intimation that the renewal of the licence is
refused has been communicated to the applicant.
(4) Every application under
sub-rule (3) for renewal of the licence shall accompanied by the following
documents:
(i) Application in Form 13;
(ii) The original licence together with its
enclosures and approved plans, Schedules and Forms;
(iii) Prescribed renewal fee.
(5) The same fee shall be
charged for the renewal of a licence for each year as for grant thereof:
Provided that
if the application for renewal is not received within the time specified in
sub-rule (3), the licence shall be renewed only on payment of double fee as
ordinarily payable for the licence:
Provided
further that if the renewal application together with complete documents
specified under sub-rule (4) is received by the licensing authority after the
date of expiry but not later than 30 days from the date of expiry, and if the
licensing authority is satisfied that such delay is beyond the control of the
licensee, the licence, may, without prejudice to any other action that may be
taken in this behalf, be renewed on payment of double the fee ordinarily
payable for the licence.
(6) In case of an application
for the renewal of the licence for a period of more than one year at a time,
the fee prescribed under proviso of sub-rule (5), if payable, shall be paid
only for the first financial year of renewal.
(7) Every licence granted
under these rules other than a licence granted for a specified period shall be
renewable for two years where there has been no contraventions of the Act or
the rules framed thereunder or of any condition of the licence so renewed.
(8) Where a licence renewed
for more than one financial year is surrendered before its the renewal fee paid
for the unexpired portion of the licence shall be refunded to the licensee
provided that no refund of renewal fee shall be made for any financial year
during which,-
(a) The licensing authority
received the renewed licence for surrender;
(b) Any explosive is received
or stored on the authority of the licence.
(9) No licence shall be renewed
if the application or renewal is received by the licensing authority after 30
days of the date of its expiry.
(10)
When a licence is renewed by the Chief Controller or a Controller, intimation
to that effect shall be sent to the district authority concerned and when a
licence is renewed by the district authority, an intimation to that effect
shall be sent to the Controller having jurisdiction.
166. Refusal
to amend or renew a licence. -
(1) The licensing
authority refusing to amend or renew licence shall record its reasons for such
refusal in writing.
(2) The licensing authority
shall refuse to renew a licence if such licence can be revoked in accordance
with the Act or rules framed thereunder.
(3) A brief statement of
reasons for refusal to renew a licence shall be given to the holder of the
licence on demand unless in any case the licensing authority is of the opinion
that it will not be in public interest to furnish such statement.
(4) Where the renewal of the
licence is refused, the fee paid for the renewal shall be refunded to the
licensee after deducting the proportionate fee for the period beginning from
the date from which the licence was to be renewed upto the date from which
renewal thereof is refused.
167. Suspension
and revocation of licence. -
(1) An order of
suspension or revocation of a licence shall take effect from the date specified
therein and shall be deemed to have been served if sent by post to the address
of the licensee entered in the licence.
(2) The suspension of a licence
shall not debar the holder of the licence from applying for its renewal in
accordance with the provisions of rule 165.
168. Procedure on expiration, suspension or
revocation of licence. -
(1) A licensee on the
expiration, suspension or revocation of his licence forthwith give notice to
the licensing authority of the description and quantity of explosive in his
possession and shall comply with any directions which the licensing authority
may give in regard to their disposal.
(2) The licensing authority
may grant for a term not exceeding three months from the date of expiration,
suspension or revocation, as the case may be, a temporary licence for the
possession and sale of the explosives actually held at the time of the issue of
the temporary licence.
(3) The fee chargeable for a
licence granted under sub-rule (2) shall bear the same proportion to the fee
charged on the expired or revoked licence as the period covered by the
temporary licence bears to a full year.
(1) An appeal against an
order of licensing authority refusing to grant or renew a licence or suspending
or revoking a licence or varying the conditions of a licence shall lie-
(i) If
the order is passed by the Chief Controller to the Central Government; and
(ii) If
the order is passed by the Controller to the Chief Controller.
(2) Every appeal shall be
preferred in accordance with provisions of the Act, and shall be presented
within 30 days of the date of the communication of such order.
(3) Every appeal shall be
accompanied by fees specified in rules 176 and 177 and the fees shall be
refunded to the appellant if the appeal is upheld by the appellate authority.
(4) Appeal against the order
of the district authority-refusing grant of No Objection Certificate shall lie
with the authority immediately superior to such authority. Such an appeal shall be filed in accordance
with the procedure laid down by such appellate authority.
170. Procedure
to be followed by the appellate authority. - On receipt of the appeal and if such appeal can be admitted in
accordance with the Act, the appellate authority may call for records of the
case from the authority who passed the order appealed against and may make such
further enquiries as it may deem necessary and after giving the appellant a
reasonable opportunity of being heard, pass final orders.
171. Procedure
on death or disability of licensee. -
(1) If a licensee dies
or becomes insolvent or mentally incapable or otherwise disabled the licence
granted to him under these rules shall stand cancelled on the date of
licensee's death or his mental incapability or his insolvency or disability.
(2) The legal heirs or
representatives of the licensee referred to in sub-rule (1) shall as soon as
may be, notify the licensing authority and (a) the date of -death, insolvency,
mental incapability or other disability,
(b) The stock of all
explosives kept at the licensed premises and shall await the directions of the
licensing authority with regard to the disposal of such explosive.
172. Loss
of licence. - Where a licence granted under these rules or
an authenticated copy thereof granted under rule 173 is lost or accidentally
destroyed, a duplicate may be granted on payment of fees, specified in rules
176 and 177.
173. Production of licence or pass on demand. -
(1)
Every person holding or acting under a licence granted under these rules
shall, when called upon to do so by any officer specified in sub-rule (1) of
rule 179, 'produce it, or an authenticated copy of it, at such time and place
as may be directed by such officer.
(2) Every person in charge of
a consignment of explosives in transit under cover of a pass issued under these
rules shall produce it when called upon to do so by any officer specified in
sub-rule (1) of rule 179.
(3) Copies of any licence
may, for the purposes of this rule, be authenticated free of charge by the
authority, which granted the licence: -
174. Executive
control over authorities. - Every authority
other than the Central Government acting under this chapter shall be subject to
the directions and control of the Central Government:
Provided that
nothing in this rule shall be deemed to effect the powers of executive control
of the Chief Controller over the officers subordinate to him.
CHAPTER
VIII
Fees
175. Procedure
for payment of fees. -
The fees payable under these
rules shall be paid in the following manner-
(1) Fees payable to Chief
Controller shall be paid by a Crossed Postal Order, or a Crossed Bank Draft
drawn in favour of Chief Controller of Explosives, Nagpur. The Bank Draft should be drawn on any
nationalized bank and payable at Nagpur.
Fee upto Rs. 100 in each case, may also be paid in cash at the office of
the Chief Controller.
(2) Fees payable to a
Controller of Explosives shall be paid by a Crossed Postal Order or a Crossed
Bank Draft drawn in favour of the Controller of Explosives to whom the payment
is made. The Bank Drafts shall be on
any nationalised bank payable at the station where office of Controller to whom
payment is to be made is located. Fees
upto Rs. 100,in each case, may also be paid in cash at the office of Controller
concerned.
(3) Fees payable to District
Authority or any other authority under these rules shall be paid in such manner
as may be specified by that authority.
176.
Fees’
other than licence fees. - The following fees
other than licence fees shall be payable under these rules:
|
(1) |
For inclusion of any explosive in the
authorised list of explosive (see rule
6)-------
(i) Scrutiny fee for
each proposal
(ii) Testing fee for each sample of explosives. |
Rs. 50.00 Rs. 200.00 |
|
(2) |
To test each
sample for imported explosives (See rule 28). |
Rs. 10.00 |
|
(3) |
(i) For
testing each sample to issue certificate of safety in Form 1 (see rule
34); (ii) To renew each certificate issued under (i) above without fresh test; (iii) For testing each sample to renew certificate issued under any above after fresh test.
|
Rs. 10.00 Rs.
5.00 Rs. 100.00 |
|
(4) |
Scrutiny fee for
approval of manufacturing process for any new explosives (see rule 89).
|
Rs. 20.00 |
|
(5) |
For storage of
explosives in excess of Capacity
at any one time (see rule 126).
|
Rs. 200.00 for
first 15 days and Rs. 100.00 for every additional 5 days or part thereof. |
|
(6) |
For permit for
temporary possession of fire works in
excess of licensed quantity(see rule 127).
|
Rs. 50.00 |
|
(7) |
Scrutiny fee for
application for grant of a licence to manufacture [see sub-rule (3) of rule
154]--- (i) Any explosive other than those mentioned
under (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) below;
(ii) Site mixed ammonium nitrate and fuel oil
explosives; (iii) Liquid Oxygen explosive
(iv) (a)Fire
works and/or gunpowder in a quantity not exceeding 12.5 kgs. at a time-
(b) Fireworks and/or gunpowder in a quantity exceeding 12.5 kgs. but
not exceeding 200 kgs. at a
time;
(c) Fireworks and/or gunpowder in a quantity
exceeding 200 kgs. at a time (v) Coloured matches. |
Rs. 200.00 Rs 50.00 Rs. 50.00 Rs. 20.00 Rs. 100.00 Rs. 200.00 Rs. 200.00 |
|
(8) |
Scrutiny fee for application for grant of
each licence to import or export
explosive [see sub-rule
(7) of rule 154].
|
Rs. 100.00 |
|
(9) |
Scrutiny fee for
application for grant of each licence to transport explosives (see sub-rule
(7) of rule 154]. |
Rs. 20.00 |
|
(10) |
Scrutiny
fee for each application for grant of a licence for a road van [see sub-rule
(8) of rule 154].
|
Rs. 50.00 |
|
(11) |
Scrutiny fee for
each application for grant of a Shot-Firer's Permit [see sub-rule (9) of rule 154] |
Rs. 5.00 |
|
(12) |
For examination
for grant of a Shot-Firer's Permit [see rule 158]. |
Rs. 20.00 |
|
(13) |
(a) Scrutiny fee for application for
amendment of each licence [see rule 164]- (i) To
manufacture any explosives other than fire-works and/or gunpowder in a
quantity not exceeding 12.5 kgs, at a time; (ii) To manufacture fireworks and/or
gun-powder in a quantity not
exceeding 12.5 kgs.at a time; (iii) In
any other form other than Form 23; (iv) In Form 23;
(b) Amendment fee for each licence (see rule
165)- (i) Other
than a licence in Form 23 or a licence in Form 20 to manufacture fire-works and/or gunpowder
in a quantity not exceeding 12.5 kgs. at a time; (ii) In
Form 23;
. (iii) To manufacture fireworks and/or
gun-powder in a quantity not exceeding 12.5 kgs. at a time; (c) Scrutiny fee for a proposal
for any change in the manufacturing process of explosives. (d) Scrutiny fee for a proposal
for any change in the composition of an authorised explosive. |
|
|
Rs. 50.00 |
||
|
Rs. 50.00 |
||
|
Rs. 20.00 Rs. 5.001[(free of charge to
cultivators]. |
||
|
Rs. 30.00 |
||
|
Rs. 5.00 1[(free of Charge to cultivators] Rs.
5.00
Rs. 50.00 . Rs. 100.00 |
||
|
(14) |
For appeal
against an order of a licensing authority (see rules 169 and 178)- (i) If
such appeal is preferred to Central Government or Chief Controller; |
Rs. 100.00 |
|
|
(ii) If
such appeal is preferred to immediate Free
of charge. official superior to district authority. |
Free of charge. |
|
(15) |
For issue of a
duplicate copy of license (see rule 172). |
Rs. 50.00 |
|
(16) |
For
approval of- (a) A packing box or container-, (b) A new (design of equipment, machinery or
Composite vehicle used for manufacture and transport
of explosives; (c) A magazine
“Mode B". |
Rs. 500-00 Rs. 500-00 Rs.
500.00 Rs. 50.00 |
|
17 |
Lighting
Conductor testing fee for each test.
|
Rs. 500.00 |
1 Added by
G.S.R. 511 (E), dated 19th June, 1985, published in the Gazette of India
Extraordinary, Pt. II Sec. 3(i) dated 25th June, 1985 (w.e.f 25th
June, 1985).
|
(1) The following fees shall be payable per
year for each licence issued under these rules- (i) To manufacture explosives; |
|
|
(a) Of classes 2,3 4 and 5
other than site mixed Ammonium Nitrate Fuel Oil explosive (Form 20); |
Rs. 200-00 per 1000 tonnes or part thereof Of the installed annual plant
capacity for each explosive subject to a maximum of Rs.5000.00. |
|
(b) Of
class 6 (Form 20);
|
Rs. 250.00 per one million meters/numbers
or Rs. 5000.00 |
|
(c) Of class I and/or class 7 (Form 20); (i) In a quantity not exceeding 1[15] kgs. at (ii) In a quantity exceeding 1[15] kg but time not exceeding 200 kgs. at a time; (iii) In quantities exceeding 200 kgs.
at a time; |
Rs. 20.00 Rs.200-00 Rs. 200.00 for
the first two kgs.plus Rs 150.00 for every additional 50 kgs.or part thereof
at a time subject to a maximum of Rs.5000.00. |
|
(d) Of class 8; |
Rs.1000.00 |
|
(e) Of sed 2 Ammonium Nitrate Oil
explosive. |
Rs.200.00 |
|
(ii) To
possess and sell explosive (licence Forms other Form 24); |
(a) Rs.150.00
for every 1000 kgs. Or part thereof
of the licenced capacity of each explosive of class 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or
8subject to a maximum of Rs. 5000.00. |
|
|
(b) Rs. 50.00
for every 10000-meters/ numbers of each explosives of class 6 subject to
a maximum of Rs. 5000.00. |
|
(iii)To
possess explosives for use (Licence Forms other than Forms 23 and 29); |
(a) Rs. 100.00
for every 1000 kgs. or
part thereof of the licensed capacity
of each explosives of class 1,2,3,4,5,7 or 8 subject to a maximum of
Rs.5000.00; and |
|
|
(b) Rs. 40.00
for every 10000 meters/ numbers or part thereof of each explosives of class 6
subject to a maximum of Rs.5000.00 |
|
(iv)To possess and sell explosives (Form
24); (v) To transport explosives (Form 26); (vi) For a road van (From 25). |
Rs. 150.00 Rs. 150.00 Rs. 300.00 |
|
(2) The following fees shall be payable for
each licence to-
(i) Import explosives
(Form 27);
(ii) Export explosives (Form 28); (iii) Possess and use public display
fire-works (Form 23); (iv) Possess for own use explosives (Form
23) |
Rs. 250.00 Rs. 150.00 Rs. 100.00 Rs. 10.00 3[free of charge to cultivators] |
1. Subs
by G.S.R.41 (E), dated 15th January 1988, for the figures
“12.5”(w.e.f. 8TH January, 1988)
2. As printed in the Gazette of India,
Extraordinary, Pt.II Sec. 3(i), dated 2nd March, 1983.
3. Added by
G.S.R. 511 (E), dated 19th June 1985, published in the Gazette of India,
Extraordinary, Pt. II, Sec. 3 (i), dated 25th June, 1985 (w.e.f. 25th June,
1985).
CHAPTER IX
Power of Officers and Penalties
178. Dangerous practices. -
(1) If in any matter
which is not provided for by any express provision of, or condition of a
licence granted under these rules and a Controller finds any factory, magazine
or place where an explosive is being manufactured, possessed or sold or used or
any part thereof or any thing or practice therein or connected therewith or
with the handling or transport of explosives to be unnecessarily dangerous or
defective so as, in his opinion to tend to endanger the public safety or the
bodily safety of any person, such Controller may, by an order in writing, require
the occupier of such factory magazine, store-house or place or the owner of the
explosive, to remedy the same within such time as may be specified in the
order.
(2) Where the occupier or owner objects to an order made under
sub-rule (1), he may appeal to the Chief Controller within the time specified
in the order and the order of the Chief Controller on such appeal shall be
final.
(3) Every appeal preferred
under sub-rule (2) shall be in writing and shall be accompanied by a copy of
the order appealed against.
(4) If the occupier or owner
fails to comply with an order made under sub-rule (1) within the time specified
in it or where an appeal is preferred under sub-rule (2), fails to comply with
the order of the Chief Controller thereon with the time fixed in such order, he
shall be deemed to have committed a breach of the rule.
179. Powers
of search of seizure. -
(1) Any
officer specified in Col. (1) of the Table below may within the areas specified
in the corresponding entry in Col. (2) of that Table: -
(a) Enter, inspect and examine any place, aircraft, carriage or
vessel in which an explosive is being manufactured, possessed, used, sold,
transported, exported or imported under a licence granted under these rules, or
in which he has reason to believe that on explosive has been or is being
manufactured, possessed, used, sold, transported, exported or imported in
contravention of the Act or these rules;
(b) Search for explosives or
ingredients thereof;
(c) Take samples of any
explosive or ingredients found therein free of charge; and
(d) Seize, detain and remove any explosive or
ingredients thereof found therein together with connected documents thereof in
respect of which he has reason to believe that any of the provisions of the Act
or these rules have been contravened.
|
Officers |
Areas |
|
(1) |
(2) |
|
The Chief Controller and |
All parts of India. |
|
Controller of Explosives |
Their respective districts. |
|
All District Magistrates |
Their respective jurisdictions. |
|
All Executive Magistrates subordinate to
the District Magistrate |
|
|
All Commissioners of Police and |
|
|
Police Officers of rank not below that of 1[Sub4nspector or Police] |
The area over which their authority
extends. |
|
The Chief Inspector of Mines and officers
subordinate to him |
The respective areas over which their
authority extends. |
1. Subs, by S.O. 814 (E),
dated 6th October 1989.
(2) Whenever any officer
other than the Chief Controller seizes, detains or removes any explosive or
ingredients thereof or any connected document thereof under this rule, he shall
forthwith report the fact by telegram to the Chief Controller and the
Controller under whose jurisdiction the place where the explosives were seized
falls and when ever any officer not being the district authority seizes detains
or removes any explosives or ingredients thereof or any connected documents
thereof under this rule he shall forthwith report the fact by telegram to the
district authority concerned.
(3) Whenever any explosives
are seized they shall be stored up in an isolated place under adequate guard
until examination by Chief Controller or Controller and receipt of instructions
from him as to their disposal.
180. Power
to destroy explosives and ingredients thereof-
(1) The Chief Controller or a Controller. -
(a) Shall destroy any
explosive, whenever found-
(i) The manufacture, possession or import of which has been
prohibited absolutely
under Sec. 6 of the Act; or
(ii) If the explosive
belong to the 5th (Fulminate) class and is being manufactured, possessed, used,
sold, transported, exported or imported illegally without a licence under these
rules; -
(b) May destroy or render
harmless any other explosives, or ingredient thereof in respect of which the
Chief Controller or Controller has reason to believe that any of the provisions
of the Act or these rules have been contravened or which in his opinion are no
longer fit for storage, transport or use and the matter appears to be urgent to
such Controller and fraught with serious danger to public.
(2) Whenever
the Chief Controller or a Controller destroys any explosive or
ingredient thereof or renders it harmless under sub-rule (1), he shall
take and keep a sample thereof provided if in his opinion such sample can be
taken, transported and keep safely for the period required without any danger
to any life or property and if required, give a portion of the sample to the
person owning the explosive or having the same under his control at the time of
seizure.
(3) Where
any explosive or ingredient thereof is destroyed by a Controller, he shall
report all the facts to the Chief Controller. The explosives shall be destroyed
or rendered harmless as provided under this rule at the expense of the occupier
of factory, magazine, storehouse or place of the owner of the explosives.
181. Procedure
on reports of infringement.- Whenever any
report is made to the district authority by the Chief Controller or Controller
of an infringement of the Act or of these Rules district authority shall take
immediate action and shall inform the Chief Controller or the Controller, as
the case may be, of the action taken by him on such report.
CHAPTER
X
Accidents and EnQuiries
182. Notice
of accident.- The notice of an accident required to be
given under Sec. 8 (1) of the Act shall be given forthwith-
(a) To the Chief Controller
of Explosives by Express telegram (Telegraphic address EXPLOSIVES, NAGPUR)
followed within 24 hours by a letter giving particulars of the occurrence;
(b) Controller of Explosives
in whose jurisdiction accident has taken Place; and
(c) To the Officer-in-charge
of the nearest Police Station; pending the visit of the Chief Controller, or
his representative, or until instructions are received from the Chief
Controller or his representative that he does not wish any further
investigation or inquiry to be made, all wreckage and debris shall be left
untouched except in so far as its removal may be necessary for the rescue of
persons injured, and recovery of the bodies of any persons killed, by the
accident or in the case of aerodromes or railways, for the restoration of
through communication.
183. Procedure at courts of inquiry.-
(1) The Chief Controller shall
arrange with the Heads of Armed Forces or Ordinance Factories or other
establishments of such forces to be represented at Courts of Inquiry where he
so desires. The Chief Controller shall
be provided with copies of the proceedings of Court where he is not
represented. The Heads of Armed Forces
or Ordinance Factories or other establishments of such forces, as the case may
be, shall co-operate with the Chief Controller by informing him immediately of
occurrences, liable to lead to the summoning of Courts of Inquiry on matters of
interests to the Chief Controller as indicated by him.
(2) The Chief Controller may
attend in person or send a representative and in either case he shall have
power to examine, witnesses, where he so desires.
(1) Whenever a District
Magistrate, a Commissioner of Police or a Magistrate subordinate to a District
Magistrate holds an inquiry under Sec. 9 (1) of the Act, he shall adjourn such
an inquiry unless the Chief Controller or an officer nominated by him is
present to watch the proceedings or the Magistrate has received information
from the Chief Controller that officer does not wish to send a representative.
(2) The Magistrate shall, at
least 21 days before holding the adjourned inquiry, send to the Chief
Controller notice in writing of the time and place of holding the adjourned
inquiry.
(3) Where an accident has
been attended with loss of human life the Magistrate, before the adjournment,
may, take evidence to identify any bodies and may order the disposal thereof.
(4) The Chief Controller or
his representative shall be at liberty at any such inquiry to examine any
witnesses subject to the order of the Magistrate on points of law.
(5) Where the Chief
Controller is not present or represented at any inquire held by a District
Magistrate or a Commissioner of Police or a Magistrate -subordinate to District
Magistrate a copy of the report of the proceedings thereof shall be sent to
him.
185. Inquiry
into more serious accidents. -
(1) Whenever an inquiry is held under Sec. 9-A of the Act the
persons holding such inquiry shall hold the Same in open Court in such manner
and under such conditions as they may think most effectual for ascertaining the
causes and circumstances of th-e accidents and enabling them to make the report
under this rule: -
Provided that
where the Central Government so directs the inquiry may be held in camera.
(2) Whenever an inquiry under
sub-rule (1) is held by a person other than the Chief Controller, such person
shall arrange for the Chief Controller to be represented at such inquiry
including any adjournment thereof. The
person holding the inquiry shall, it least '21 days before holding the inquiry
or any adjourned inquiry, send to the Chief Controller a notice in writing of
the time and place of holding such inquiry. The Chief Controller may attend in
person or send a representative and in either case, he shall have power
to examine witnesses where he so desires.
(3) Person attending as
witness before this Court shall be allowed such expenses as are payable to
witnesses attending before a Civil Court subordinate to the High Court having
jurisdiction in the place where the inquiry is held. In case of dispute as to the amount to be allowed the question
shall be referred to the local Magistrate who, on request by the Court shall
ascertain and certify the proper amount of such expenses.
(4) All expenses incurred in
relation to an inquiry or investigation under this rule shall be deemed to be
part of the expenses of the Department of the Explosives.
186. Repeal
and savings. - The Explosives Rules, 1940, are hereby
repealed.
(2) Notwithstanding such
repeal-
(i) All licenses or
duplicates thereof granted or renewed under the said rules and all fees imposed
or levied shall be deemed to have been granted, renewed, imposed or levied, as
the case may be, under the corresponding provisions of these rules; and
(ii) All approvals
given and all powers conferred by or under any notification or rule shall, so
far as they are consistent with the Act and these rules, be deemed to have been
given or conferred by or under this Act or these rules.
SCHEDULE I
Classes of Explosives
(See rule 3)
|
Explosives are divided into 8 classes as follows |
|
|
Class 1 |
Gun-powder |
|
Class 2 |
Nitrate-mixture |
|
Class 3 |
Nitro-compound |
|
Class 4 |
Chlorate-mixture |
|
Class 5 |
Fulminate |
|
Class6 |
Ammunition |
|
Class 7 |
Fireworks |
|
Class 8 |
Oxygen Explosives Liquid |
Class 1 - Gunpowder Class
"Gunpowder"
means gunpowder or ordinarily so called.
Class 2 - Nitrate Mixture Class
"Nitrate-mixture"
means any preparation, other than gunpowder, which is formed by the mechanical
mixture of a nitrate with any form of carbon or with any carbonaceous substance
not possessed of explosives properties, whether sulphur be or be not added to
such preparation, and whether such preparation be or be not mechanically mixed
with any other non-explosive substance, and includes any explosive containing a
Perchlorate and not being a chlorate mixture fulminate or nitro-compound as
defined in this Schedule.
Class 3 - Nitro-compound Class
(1) "Nitro-compound"
means any chemical compound which is possessed of explosive properties or is
capable of combining with metals to form an explosive compound, and is produced
by the chemical action of nitric acid (whether mixed or not, with sulphuric
acid), or of a nitrate mixed with sulphuric acid, upon any carbonaceous
substance, whether such compound is mechanically mixed with other substances or
not.
(2) The Nitro-compound class
has two divisions, namely, Division 1 and Division 2.
(3) Division 1, comprising
any chemical compound or mechanically mixed preparation which consists, either
wholly or partly, of nitroglycerine or some other liquid nitro-compound that is
such explosives as Ballistite Blasting Gelatine, Cordite, Dynamite, Gelatine
Dynamite, Gelignite, etc.
(4) Division 2 comprising any
nitro-compound, which is not, comprised in Division 1 that is explosives such
as Ammonal, E.C. Sporting Powder, gun cotton, Picric
Acid, Smokeless Diamond, Trinitro-toluol (T.N.T.) etc.
Class 4 - Chlorate mixture Class
(1) "Chlorate-mixture"
means any explosive containing a chlorate.
(2)
“Chlorate-mixture class has 2 divisions, namely, Division 1 and Division 2.
(3) Division 1, comprising any chlorate preparation, which consist
partly of nitro glycerine or of some other liquid nitro-compound.
(4) Division
2, comprising any chlorate mixture which is not comprised in Division 1.
Class 5-Fulminate Class
(1) “Fulminate" means
any chemical compound or mechanical mixture whatever,
which from its great
susceptibility to detonation, is suitable for employment in percussion-caps or
any other appliances for developing detonation, or which, from its extreme
sensibility to explosion, and from its great instability (that is to say,
readiness to undergo decomposition from very slight exciting causes), is
specially dangerous.
(2) The Fulminate class
consists of two divisions, namely, Division 1 and Division 2.
(3) Division 1, comprising
such compounds as the Fulminate of silver and of mercury, and preparations of
those substances, such as, are used in percussion-caps, and any preparation
consisting of a mixture of chlorate with phosphorous, or certain descriptions
of compounds of phosphorous, with or without the addition of carbonaceous
matter, and any preparation consisting of a mixture of a chlorate with sulphur
or with sulphur, with or without carbonaceous matter.
(4)
Division 2, comprises such substances as the chloride and the Iodide of
Nitrogen, Fulminating Gold and Silver, Diazobenzol and the Nitrate of
Diazobenzol, Lead Azide and Tetrazine.
Class 6 -
Ammunition Class
(1) "Ammunition"
means an explosive of any of the foregoing classes when the same is enclosed in
any case or contrivance, or is otherwise adapted or prepared so as to form (a)
a cartridge or charge for small arms, cannon or any other weapon, or (b) a
safety or other fuse for blasting or for shells, or (c) a tube for
firing explosive, or (d) a percussion-cap, detonator, for signal, shell,
torpedo, war rocket or any other contrivance other than a fire work.
(2) The ammunition class has
three divisions, namely, Division 1, Division 2 and Division 3.
(3) Division 1, comprises
exclusively of (i) Safety cartridges, (ii) Safety fuses for blasting, (iii)
Railway fog signal, and (iv) Percussion-caps.
(4) Division 2, comprises any
ammunition, which does not contain its own means of ignition and is not
included in Division 1, such as, cartridges for small arms other than safety
cartridges, cartridges and charges for cannon shells and torpedoes containing
any explosives, tubes for firing explosives, and war rocket, which do not
contain their own means of ignition.
(5) Division 3, comprises any
ammunition which contains its own means of ignition and is not included in
Division 1, such as, detonators, fuses for blasting which are not safety fuses,
tubes for firing explosives, containing their own means of ignition.
Note. - The expression "ammunition containing its own means of ignition'
means ammunition having an arrangement, whether attached to or forming part of
the ammunition which is adapted to explode or fire the ammunition by friction
or percussion. 'Percussion-cap"
does not include a detonator.
Class
7-Fireworks Class
(1) 1[Fireworks Class has four divisions,
namely, Division 1, Division 2, Division 3, and Division 4.1
1. Subs.
by G.S.R. 890 (E) dated 7th October, 1989.
(2) Division 1, comprises of
fireworks composition that is to say, any chemical
compound or
mechanically mixed preparation of an explosive of inflammable nature, which is
used for the purpose of making manufactured fireworks, and is not an explosive
of Classes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 any star and any coloured fire composition:
Provided that
a substantially constructed hermetically closed metal case, containing not more
than 5 coloured fire composition of such a nature as not to be liable to
spontaneous ignition shall be deemed to be 'a manufactured firework" and
not a "firework composition."
(3) Division 2 ire works
comprises manufactured fireworks, i.e. to say any explosive of Class 1,2,3, 4
or 6 and any fireworks composition when such explosive or composition is
enclosed in any case or contrivance or other articles specially adapted for the
production of pyrotechnic effect for pyrotechnic signal or sounds signals.
(4) Division 2 fireworks
comprise 3 sub-divisions, namely, Sub- division 1, Subdivision 2 and
sub-division 3.
(5) Sub-division I of
Division 2 firework comprises low hazard firework, which, in the opinion of
Chief controller are relatively innocuous in themselves and are not liable to
explode violently or all at once, e.g. 1[lf
sparklers, Chinese crackers, serpents etc.]
1. Subs. by G.S.R.
890 (E), dated 6th October, 1989.
(6) Sub-division 2 of
Division 2 fireworks comprises high hazard firework which, in the opinion of
Chief Controller, present a special hazard to a person e.g. rockets,[* * * ]2 shells, maroons, wheels, barrages,
fountains, illumination pices, distress signals, etc.
2. Omitted
by ibid.
(7) Sub-division3 of Division
2 fireworks comprises such firework, which are assembled at site purely for the
purpose of display.
Class 8- Liquid Oxygen Explosives Class
"Liquid
Oxygen Explosives" means an absorbent carbonaceous material such as wood
pulp, carbon black, metal powder, coal dust, etc. impregnated with liquid air
or liquid oxygen with or without the addition of other substances.
SCHEDULE-II
Packing of Explosives
(See rule 8)
(1) In this Schedule unless
the context otherwise requires-
The expression
"outer package" means a box, barreal case or cylinder of wood, metal,
or other solid material, of such strength, construction and character as not to
be liable to be broken or accidentally opended or to become defective or
insecure or insecure or to show an explosive to escape;
The
expression "inner package" means a substantial case, bag, cansister,
or other receptacle, made and closed so as to prevent any explosive from
escaping;
Wherever an
explosive is distinguished as belonging to a particular or division of a class,
the reference is to the classification specified in Schedule I;
Expression
"propellant" means an authorised explosive of the 3rd (Nitro
Compound) Class adapted and intended exclusively for use, as a propelling
charge in cannot or small arms.
(2) The interior of every
package shall be free from grit and otherwise clean.
(3) Save as provided in the
table appended to this Schedule there shall be no iron or steel in the
construction of any package unless the same is covered with suitable material
so as effectively to prevent the exposure of such iron or steel.
(4) A package when actually
used for the packing of one explosive shall not be used for the packing of any
other explosive or of any other article or substance:
Provided that
nothing in this clause shall be deemed to prohibit-
(a) The packing in the same
outer package of inner packages containing a propellant together with inner
packages containing gun powder or another propellant; or the packing in the
same outer package of inner packages containing a propellant together with
inner packages containing gun powder or another propellant; or
(b) The packing in the same
package of any article which is not of an flammable or explosive nature; or
liable to cause fire or explosion together with an explosive of the lst
Division of the 6th (Ammunition) Class. additional package, whether inner or
outer, of a character not expressly prohibited in writing by the Chief
Controller.
(6) Use of metal bands wires
on packages is prohibited unless specifically authorised by the Chief
Controller in relation to packing of any explosives.
(7) Material of which the
packages and their closures are made must not be liable to attack by the
contents and form harmful or dangerous compounds therewith.
(8) Packages must be
sufficiently rigid and strong in all their parts to prevent any loosening
during transport and to meet normal requirements of such transport. Solid substances shall be firmly secured in
their packages, and inner packages shall be firmly secured in outer packages.
Unless otherwise specified inner packages may be enclosed in outer packages,
either single or in groups.
(9) Cushioning material, if
used, shall be suited to the nature of the contents of the packages.
(10) An explosive that is not
authorised explosive shall be packed in such a manner as may be directed by the
Chief Controller with reference to such explosive.
(11) (a) The outer package shall be used only once
for packing and transport of
explosives.
(b) When the explosive
contained in outer package are removed there from, the outer package shall be
destroyed or disposed of in such a manner that cannot be re-used for any
purpose.
(12) Where metal boxes are
used, they shall be fitted with closures or safety devices yielding when the
internal pressure reaches a value not greater than 3 kg,/Cm. Such closures or safety devices shall not
impair the strength of metal boxes.
Boxes made of zinc sheet or aluminium shall be completely lined with
wood or fibreboard.
TABLE
|
Item No |
Class |
Method of packing |
Amounts in any one Outer package |
Amount in any one inner package |
|
|
(1) |
(2) |
(3) |
(4) |
(5) |
|
|
1. |
Class 1 |
When the quantity in any consignment does not exceed 2.5 kg, A single outer package |
|
|
|
|
|
|
When the
quantity exceeds 2.5 kg. a double package, the inner packages being as
defined in Cl. (1) of this Schedule. Inner packages if made of metal shall be
secured by cushioning material. |
50 Kgs. 2.5 Kgs Provided that
where and outer gunpowder and propellants are packed together the amount
shall not exceed. 2.5 Kgs. 2.5 Kga. |
||
|
2. |
Class-2 |
The material
except site mixed Ammonium Nitrate Fuel Oil explosive shall be suitably
cartridge in wrappings made of suitable plastic material or papers so as to
make it impermeable and protect from damp. Further packing as for class I |
2.5 Kgs. |
2.5 Kgs. |
|
|
3. |
Site mixed Ammonium Nitrate Fuel Oil
mixture (ANFO) |
As approved by Chief Controller |
…………… |
…………… |
|
|
4. |
Class 3 Division I other than propellants |
The material
shall be cartridge in wrappings made of paper or poly- Protect the
material from damp. Further packing as for Class 1, provided that either the
outer or inner package shall be thoroughly water-proof and no metal shall be used in the construction of the packages, except that (1) nails made of brass, zinc or other soft metal or coated with the same may be used for securing
the outer package, and (2) wire stitching may be used for securing the inner
package if the wire is effectively prevented from coming into contact with
the explosive by means of the sheet
of stout cardboard or otherwise. |
25 Kgs. |
2.5 Kgs. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
5.
|
Class 3 Division 1 Propellants. |
As for Class 1 |
25 Kgs. |
25 Kgs. |
|
|
6. |
Class 3 Division2 other than Picric Acid, Wet Gun Cotton Penta Erythritol Tet- ranitrate RDX, Teri nitro Resorcinol (Styphinic Acid) |
As for Class 1 |
25 Kgs. |
25 Kgs |
|
|
7. |
Picric Acid |
As for Class 1 |
Unlimited |
Unlimited |
|
|
8 |
Gun Cotton so
wetted with the water as to be uninflammable. |
As for Class 1,
provided that inner or outer package or both of them shall be of such nature,
and so closed, as to prevent any material loss of moisture. |
|
|
|
|
9. |
Penta-Erythritol-Tetra
nitrate (P.E.T.N. Pen- thrite) containing 25% of moisture. |
In double
package, the inner package shall be polythene bag closed at the top with
twine thread and place in a bright tin container. Both the bag and the
tin container shall be so closed as to prevent any material loss of moisture.
The outer package shall as defined in Cl. (1) of the Schedule and so closed
as to prevent any material loss of moisture. |
22.5 Kgs. (dry basis) |
11.25 Kgs. (dry basis) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
10. |
RDX |
As for PETN |
22.5 Kgs. (dry basis) |
11.25 Kgs. (dry basis) |
|
|
11. |
Tri-Nitro Resor -cinol (styphnic Acid) |
As for Class 1,
provided that Trinitro Resorcinol (Styphnic Acid shall be wetted with not
less than 20% of calculated on the wet explosives and that e the inner
package shall be a substantial bag, case of canister so made and closed as to
prevent any loss of moisture of escape of explosives. |
25 Kgs. of wet
explosive |
25 Kgs. of wet explosives |
|
|
12. |
Class 4 Division 2 |
As for Class3,
Division 1, other than propellants |
25 Kgs. |
2.5 Kgs |
|
|
13.
|
Class 4 Division 2 |
As for Class 1 |
25 Kgs. |
2.5 Kgs. |
|
|
14. |
Class 5 |
The explosives
shall be packed wet containing not less than 25% water, and shall in this
condition be enclosed in a treble package; the inner most package; containing
the wet explosive shall be a bag of heavy cotton cloth or other suitable
material of close mesh but permeable to water; the intermediate package shall
contain all the individual packages and sufficient water to keep the
explosive in them constantly wet, and may, consistent with the requirements
of the security of the whole package, be in the form of a rubber bag, or of a
case, or of such special lining to the other
packages as will efficiently attain is object, and it must itself be
constantly surrounded by or saturated with water, the outer package
containing sufficient water constantly to surround the case. Both the
intermediate package and the outer package shall be of such construction and
material as will not allow water to escape. If the explosive is of such
character that it cannot be packed in a thoroughly wet condition, it shall be
Packed in accordance with conditions prescribed by the Chief Controller. |
100 Kgs. |
12.2 Kgs |
|
|
15 |
Class6, Division1, other than Pin fire
cartridges for Pistol. |
A gingle outer
package Provided that Cl. (3) of this
Schedule shall not apply to explosives of this Division |
Unlimited |
|
|
|
|
|
Provided also that bulleted cartridges of a
calibre exceeding 1.27 cm. and belonging to this Division shall be packed in
such a manner that the point of any bullet cannot come in contact with the
cap of another, cartridge. |
|
|
|
|
16. |
Pin-fire cartridges for pistols |
(a) Not
exceeding 50 in number in 50 in any one consignment. So packed number in a
single package that the bases he alternately in opposite directions. The
bases and pins shall be so fitted into Perforations in millboard or other'
suitable material as to prevent the firing of anyone of the said cartridges
by an explosion in any other of the said cartridges. |
50 in number |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) Exceeding In
an inner and outer package, the cartridges being packed in inner packages
with millboards as above required. |
2500 in number |
50 in number. |
|
|
17. |
Class 6 Division 2 |
Explosives made up into cartridges or
charges for cannon, shells, torpe does, mines, blasting or other like
purposes shall be packed in such manner and in such, quantity as is required
for the same explosive when not so made up: Provided that, where a double
package is required, the enclosing case of such cartridges or charges may, if
it satisfied the conditions required
for an inner package, be deemed to be such inner package. Other ammunition of
this Division- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
A single outer package |
50 Kgs. |
|
|
|
18. |
Class 6, Division 3, other than Detonators
Electric Detonators |
As for Class 1:
Provided that bulleted cartridges of a calibre exceeding 1.27 cm. and
belonging to this Division shall be packed in such a manner that the point of
any bullet cannot come in contact with the cap of another cartridge |
25 Kgs |
1Kg. Or 10 in
number which ever be the greater and |
|
|
19. |
Detonators |
(a) Not
exceeding1, 000 in any one consignment. As for Class 1, provided that the
detonators and the spaces between the same and between the sides of the inner
package and the said detonators shall all be filled as far as practicable,
with fine sawdust or other similar material; a layer of |
100 in number |
100 in number |
|
|
|
|
felt or other
safty yielding material shall be placed between both ends of all the
detonators and the interior of the inner package in which the same are
placed, in such manner and so secured, that both ends of the detonators will
rest upon the said cotton wool or other material, every inner package, if of
metal to be fined throughout with the paper or other soft material. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) Exceeding 1,000 detonators. The detonators shall be packed in inner packages, with sawdust and cotton wool as above described. Such inner package shall be placed inside a substantial case of wood or metal, made and closed so as to prevent any of the inner packages escaping therefrom, and such case shall be placed inside an outer package in such manner and so secured as to leave a clear space of not less than 7.5 cm. between the case and every part of the interior of the said outer packages, not withstanding that such clear space may, if preferred be filled with sawdust, straw or other similar material or may contain a fight framework or battens of wood to keep the case aforesaid in position in the outer package. |
10,000 in number |
1,000 in number |
|
|
|
|
(c) Where the
number of detonators exceeds 5,000 such outer packages shall be provided with
handles or other contrivance, by means of which it can be safely and
conveniently carried |
|
|
|
|
20. |
Electric Detonators |
As for class1,
provided that where the number in any outer package exceeds 3,000 such outer
package shall be provided with handles or other contrivance, by means of
which it can be safely and conveniently carried. |
5,000 in number |
100 in number |
|
|
21. |
Class7, Division 1 |
Double package
the inner package being hermetically closed and contain in an outer package
as above defined. |
10 kgs. |
0.5 kgs. |
|
|
22. |
Class7,
Division 2. |
Single outer
package, provided that Cl. (3) of this Schedule shall not apply to explosives
of this class and Division. |
50kgs. |
…… |
|
|
23. |
Class 8, L.Q.X (Liquid) (Oxygen)
Explosives. |
Cartridges
packed and transported for immediate use in insulated packing boxes of a
design approved by the Chief Controller. |
|
|
|
SCHEDULE III
Methods of Testing
(See rule 21)
An explosive
of the 3rd (Nitro-compound) Class or of the 4th (Chlorate-mixture) Class shall
comply with the tests set forth in this Schedule as applicable to such
explosive: -
THE HEAT TEST AS
APPLIED TO EXPLOSIVES
1.Apparatus and Materials employed
|
Specification |
Pattern
No. |
Article |
|
|
1 |
2
|
3 |
1 |
|
A |
|
Acid, acetic 56.8 c.c. bottle |
1 |
|
|
I |
Balance |
|
|
|
II |
Bath, water |
1 |
|
|
III |
Bath, water, for hot water heating* |
1 |
|
|
IV |
Beaker, glass 11/31itres |
1 |
|
|
V |
Bottle, dropping, brown glass, 28.4 cc.
(for glycerine and water mixture). |
1 |
|
|
VI |
Bottle, glass-stoppered, brown glass, 28.4
c.c. (for standard tin papers). |
|
|
|
VII |
Bottle; glass-stoppered, brown glass, 56.8
cc.(for test papers). |
1 |
|
|
VIII |
Brush, cleaning |
2 |
|
|
IX |
Brush, cleaning, test tube |
1 |
|
|
X |
Burners, gas, Argand and screen |
1 |
|
|
XI |
Caps, for test tubes |
A
sufficient supply. |
|
B. |
XII |
Chalk, French |
A sufficient
supply. |
|
|
XIII |
Forceps, lifting, heat test paper |
1 |
|
|
XIV |
Funnel, aluminum |
1 |
|
|
XV |
Funnel, glass Glycerine 28.4 c.c. bottle |
1 |
|
|
XVI |
Knife, cordite |
1 |
|
|
XVII |
Lid, Water bath |
1 |
|
|
XVIII |
Mill, cordite |
1 |
|
|
XIX |
Needle, piercing heat test paper s |
1 |
|
|
XX |
Oven, water |
1 |
|
D. |
… |
Paper, filter |
A
sufficient supply. - |
|
|
|
Papers, filter 5.5 cm. |
Do |
|
|
XXI |
Papers, standard tint |
Do |
|
E. |
…. |
Papers, test |
Do |
|
|
XXII |
Pestle and mortar, Wedgwood ware |
|
|
|
XXIII |
Plate, glass, resting heat test
papers on when piercing |
|
|
|
XIV |
Rings, rubber, test tube |
A
sufficient supply. |
|
|
XXV |
Rod, glass, flat headed |
1 |
|
|
XXVI |
Rods, glass, platinum wire hook |
6 |
|
|
XXVII |
Scoop, aluminum |
1 |
|
|
XXVIII |
Screen, burner for water bath |
1 |
|
|
XXIX |
Sieve, rectangular, tinned, brass wire |
1 |
|
|
XXX |
Sieves with lid and base, circular brass |
A set. |
|
|
XXXI |
Spatula, horn |
1 |
|
|
XXXII |
Stand heat test tubes |
1 |
|
|
XXXIII |
Stand, water bath |
1 |
|
|
XXXIV |
Stopper, rubber, perforated |
A
sufficient supply |
|
|
XXXV |
Thermometers, glass, and wood case |
2 |
|
|
XXXVI |
Trays, aluminium |
6 |
|
|
XXXVII |
Tray, cordite knife |
1 |
|
|
XXXVIII |
Tubes, heat test. |
A
sufficient supply |
|
|
XXXIX |
Tubes, standard tint paper. |
1 |
|
|
XL |
Tubing rubber, Argand gas bumer. |
A
sufficient length. |
|
|
… |
Water distilled |
A
sufficient supply. |
|
|
XLI |
Weights, gramme and forceps in box |
A set. |
Alternative
pattern for use where hot water is available.
N.B.- The apparatus and materials are to comply in
all respect with the specification and standard patterns.
SPECIFICATION A-ACID, ACETIC
The acetic
acid is to be clear, colourless and free from all impurities, and is not to
contain less than 96 per cent CH3 COOH. When 1 c.c, of N/10 potassium permaganate
solution is added to 100 c.c. of the acetic acid maintained at 150 C, the
distinctive colour is to remain for not less than 15 minutes.
One drop of
the diluted acetic acid one volume of acetic acid diluted with four volumes of
distilled water. when placed by means of a glass rod on freshly prepared
potassium iodide-starch paper is to produce no colour.
SPECIFICATION B-CHALK, FRENCH
The French
chalk is be equal in colour, to the standard sample and is not to contain more
than 0.5 per cent. of moisture.
The bulk of
the French chalk is to be such that a volume of 50 c.c. will weight 23.5+1.0
gramme. This to be determined as
follows:
A glass
funnel, the stem of which is 11 cm. in length tapering, internally from 8 mm.
at the top to 5 mm. that the end, is to be clamped vertically above a 50 c.c.
cylinder so that the mouth of the latter is 7 cm. below the lowest point of the
funnel. The cylinder is to be 2.5 cm.
in internal diameter, with a ground edge.
The French chalk is to be poured gradually into the funnel and allowed
to flow into the cylinder until the latter overflows. This should take one minute.
The surface of the chalk is then to be levelled off, without tapping or
shaking the cylinder, by drawing a straight edge over the mouth of the
cylinder. The cylinder and contents are
then to be weighed.
The fineness
of the French chalk is to be such that it will all pass, without rubbing,
through a 0.075 mm. wire sieve of 6,400 meshes per square centimetre.
The French
chalk is not to contain more than 0. 1 per cent. of soluble al salts calculated
as Ca C03. This is to be determined as
follows:
10 grammes of
the chalk are to be boiled with 250 c.c. of water for on minute, filtered,
washed and the filtrate titrated with N/10 hydrochloric acid.
The French
chalk, when warmed with hydrochloric acid is not to give o more than 1 per
cent. and not less than 0.25 per cent. of carbonic acid gas.
The French
chalk is not to absorb more than 0.5 per cent. of moisture aft being dried at
1000C till constant in weight, and then exposed under a
bell-j to saturated atmosphere at 150C to 200C for 24 hours.
NOTE. -
Before use in heat-test, experiments the French chalk is to b carefully washed
with distilled water, dried in a water oven at 65-700C, an exposed to a
saturated atmosphere for hours. It is
to be kept in a we stoppered bottle.
SPECIFICATION C-GLYCERINE
The glycerine
is to comply with the latest edition of British Pharmacopoeia Specification in
all respects.
SPECIFICATION D-PAPER, FILTERS
The paper for
making heat test paper is to consist entirely of pure norm cotton cellulose of
strongly resistant quality and free from any loading or sizing
During
manufacture, the paper is to be submitted to artificial heat of an kind.
The paper is
to have a smooth white surface, and both sides are to be a nearly alike as
possible.
The average
length of the fibres X is to be 2±0.5 mm.
Ten sheets,
when measured with a Ciceri Smith's patent fixed pressure micrometer, are to
have a thickness of 1.8±0.2 mm.
The last
treatment in its preparation is to be a through washing with pure distilled
water and subsequent air-drying in a pure atmosphere.
The paper is
to be free from all traces of chemical or other impurity particularly acids,
chlorine and perioxides.
On holding
with 3 per cent. caustic soda solution for 60 minutes, the paper is not to lose
more that 7.5 per cent. of its weight.
When heated
for 15 minutes at 1000C with Fehling's solutions, diluted
with twice its volume of boiling water, it is not to produce more than 1.25 per
cent of its weight of cuprous oxide (C2 uO).
It is to be
supplied in sheets 50 cm., long by 15 cm., wide, and each 10 sheets packed
separately in a hermetically sealed tin case closed by a tear-of strip.
For use in
the extraction of nitro-glycerine from dynamite, if is to be supplied in
circles 5.5 cm. in diameter, each 100 papers being packed separately.
SPECIFICATION E-PAPERS, TEST
The papers
are to be prepared and tested by the method laid down I Appendix II.
Each batch of
papers is to be tested by carrying out four consecutive test of four papers on
each of two days. The mean test
obtained is to be 18.5+7.6 minutes.
A test different from the mean by more than two minutes is to b
considered abnormal, and is to be disregard unless there are more than one o
such abnormal tests amongst the 32 papers tested, in which case the batch I to
be condemned.
SPECIFICATION F-PAPERS, STANDARD TINT
The standard
tint papers are to be made by the method described in, an are to conform to the
conditions laid down in Appendix I.
II-Preparation of the sample to be tested
All the
operations in preparing a sample for testing are to be carried out as
expeditiously as possible, avoiding exposure to light, as far as practicable
and the test is to be carried out as soon as the sample is prepared.
In weighing
out heat test quantities, an accuracy of +0.05 gramme is sufficient. These quantities are to be weighed out into
test tubes, which have been fitted with rubber rings, the lower surface of
which coincides with the bottom line etched on the test tube.
Explosives of
Class 3, Division 1
(1) Friable Nitro-glycerine
preparations from which the nitro-glycerine or liquid nitro-compound cannot be
conveniently extracted with water-
(a) A cartridge of the sample
to be tested is to be opened at one end and rotated with one hand while with
the other contents of the cartridge are to be loosened by means of pressure
between the thumb and forefinger. The
first 12.7 mm. of the sample so loosened is to be rejected.
(b) The cartridge is then to
be inverted over the scoop and the loosening operation continued so as to
transfer a portion of the explosive to the scope.
(c) When the weight of the
sample in the scoop has been adjusted to
3.2 Grammes the sample is to
be transferred by means of the aluminium funnel to heat test tubes collected at
the bottom by gently tapping the side of the tube with the fingers and pressed
down to a height of 3 centimetres by means of the flat-headed glass rod. The sample is then ready to be heat tested.
(2) Blasting Gelatine and
Analogous Preparations-
(a) The wrapper of the
cartridge is to be opened out and 12.7 mm. of the sample is to be removed with
the spatula and rejected. A piece
weighing 3.2 grammes as nearly as can be judged is then to the cut off for
test. The sample is to lie on its own
wrapper during these operations, and direct contact of the operators’ hands
with the sample is to be avoided.
(b) The portion of the sample
removed is to be weighed in the scoop and pieces added to, or removed from it,
until 3.2 grammes are obtained. The
quantity is then to be transferred to the mortar. 6.5 grammes of French chalk
are to be weighed out using the spatula and scoop and transferred to the
mortar.
(c) The sample is to be
incorporated with the French chalk by repeatedly sqeezing it with the end of
the pestle, until it is in a condition in which it can be ground. The times for normal samples should
generally, be as follows:
|
Blasting
gelatine |
11/2 minutes |
|
Gelatine
dynamite |
1 minute |
|
Gelatine and
similar Explosives
containing Less than 63 per
cent. |
|
|
of
nitro-glycerine. |
1/2 minute. |
The mixture
is then to be ground by a circular movement of the pestle for a further period
of half a minute and should then be homogenous in appearance.
(d) The mixture is to be transferred to a test-tube by means of the horn spatula and the aluminium funnel, and gently pressed down to a height of 5 centimetres with the flat-headed glass rod. The sample is then ready to be heat tested.
(e) The pestle and mortar after each grinding are to be thoroughly washed with tap water, rinsed with distilled water, dried with a clean towel, and finally dried in a bath at 1000C. The pestle and mortar are to be allowed to cool to the ordinary temperature before being used again. -
(3) Cordite, Ballistite and other propellants of Class 3, Division
1-
(i) Explosives in the form
of sticks or tubes:
(a) The operator is to wash
his hands carefully thoroughly rinse them in distilled water, and dry them with
a clean towel.
(b) The sticks or tubes to be
tested are to be wiped out with clean filter paper.
(c)
The sample is
to be reduced to a condition suitable for grinding in the cordite mill by being
cut into small piece about 3.175 mm. long by means of the cordite knife, 12.7
mm. being rejected from each end of the sticks or tubes to be tested.
(d) The
set of sieves with the lid removed is to be placed under the mill so as to
allow the ground material to fall directly on the top sieve.
(e) The cut sample is to be
transferred from the cordite tray to the mill and ground. The first portion
passing through the mill is to be rejected.
A sufficient quantity of the sample is to be taken to ensure that enough
material is obtained on the second seive without grinding the whole quantity
introduced into the mill.
(f) The lid is to be
replaced on the set of seives and the sample is sieved for one minute. The material which remains on the second
sieve is to be taken for heat test, except in the case of powder in sticks or
tubes the nominal diameter of which is less than 0.762 mm. in this case, the
material in the bottom compartment is to be taken for heat test.
(g) 1.6 grammes of the ground
and sieved sample are to be weighed out in the scoop, transferred by means of
the aluminium funnel to a heat test tube and collected at the bottom by gently
tapping the side of the tube with the fingers.
These such test quantities are to be so weighed out. The sample is then ready to be heat tested.
(h) The set of sieves and the
cordite mill are to be cleaned with the cleaning brush before and after the
preparation of each sample.
(ii) Explosives in the form
of grains for small arms,-1.6 grammes of the sample is to be weighed out in the
scoop, transferred by means of the aluminium funnel to a heat test tube and
collected at the bottom by gently tapping the side of the tube with the
fingers. Three such test quantities are
to be weighed out. The sample Is then
ready to be heat tested.
Explosives of
Class 3, Division 2-
(1) Nitro-cellulose Pulp-
(a) The operator is to wash
his hands carefully, thoroughly rinse them with distilled water and dry them
with a clean towel.
(b) Six thick nesses of
filter paper are to be laid on top of one another. Sufficient of the sample to be tested, to give about 5.6 grammes
after the final pressing, is to be spread on the top sheet. Six other thickness of filter paper are to
be similarly laid over the sample. The
whole is then to be placed under pressure as, for instance, in a hand screw
press, and pressure applied for three minutes. On removal from the press, the
sample is to be rubbed up by hand on the filter paper and again pressed for
three minutes on fresh filter paper.
The sample is then to be transferred to the rectangular sieve and rubbed
through it with the hand.
(c) 5 grammes of the sieved
sample are to be weighed out in the scoop and spread evenly on a aluminium
tray.
(d) The oven is to have been
brought to, and is to be maintained at a temperature of 48.90C (1200F) the tray
is to be placed in the oven and kept there for 15 minutes with the door closed.
(e) The tray is to be removed
from the oven and the sample transferred to the top sieve of the set of
sieves. The lid is to be replaced, and
the sample sieved for two minutes. For
this operation the second sieve is not to be used.
(f) The portion of the
sample which passes through the top sieve is again to be spread evenly on an
aluminium tray and exposed to the air. the room for four hours.
(g) 1.3 grammes of the exposed sample are to be
weighed out in the scoop and transferred by means of the aluminium funnel to a
heat test tube' - Two such test quantities are to be so weighed out. The material in each is to be gentle pressed
down with the flat-headed glass rod to a height of three centimetres. The sample is then ready to be heat tested.
(h) The wire sieve and the
set of sieves are to be cleaned with the cleaning brush before and after each
sample has been sieved.
(2) Compressed Guncotton:
(a) About 10 grammes of
guncotton are to be removed from the centre of the primer or slab by scrapping
with the hom spatula.
(b) The scrapping so obtained
are to be placed in the glass beaker two-thirds full of cold distilled
water. The sample is to be frequently
stirred up in the water during 15 minutes with the flat-headed glass rod, and
then allowed to settle. The water is to
be poured off and replaced by a similar quantity of distilled water in which
the sample is to be frequently stirred up as before during 15 minutes. After settling, the second wash water is to
be poured off.
(c) The operator is to wash
hands carefully, thoroughly rinse them with distilled water and collect the
sample by hand squeezing out the excess of water.
(d) Six thick nesses of
filter paper are to be laid on top of one another. The washed guncotton is to’ be spread on the top sheet. Six other thick nesses of filter paper are
to be similarly laid over the sample.
The whole is then to be placed under pressure as, for instance, in a
hand screw press and pressure applied for three minutes. On removal from the press, the sample is to
be rubbed up on the filter paper by hand and again pressed for three minutes
on- fresh filter paper. The sample is then to be transferred to the rectangular
sieve and rubbed through it by hand.
(e) 5 grammes of the sieved
sample are to be weighed out in the scoop and spread evenly on an aluminium
tray.
The oven is
to have been brought to, and is to be maintained at a temperature of 48.90C
(1200F). The tray is to be placed in oven and kept there for 15
minutes, with the door closed.
(g) The tray is to be removed
from the oven and the sample transferred to the top seive of the set of
sieves. The lid is to be replaced, and
the sample sieved for two minutes. For
this operation the second sieve is not to be used.
(h) The portion of the sample
which passes through the top sieve is to be again spread evenly on a aluminium
tray and exposed to the air of the room for tour hours.
(i) 1.3 grammes of
the exposed sample are to be weighed out in the scoop and transferred by means
of the aluminium funnel to a heat-test tube.
Two such test quantities are to be so weighed out. The material in each is to be gently pressed
down with the flat-headed glass rod to a height of three centimeters. The sample is then ready to be heat tested.
(j) The wire sieve and the
set of sieves are to be cleaned with the cleaning brush before and after each
sample has been sieved.
(3) Nitro-cellulose
propellant-----
(i) Explosives in the form of sticks or tubes
(a) The operator is to wash
his hands carefully thoroughly rinse them' in distilled water, and dry them
with a clean towel.
(b) The sticks or tubes to be
tested are to be wiped out with clean filter paper.
(c) The sample is to be
reduced to a condition suitable for grinding in the cordite mill by being cut
into small piece about 3.175 mm. long by means of the cordite knife, 12.7 mm.
being rejected from each end of the sticks or tubes to be tested.
(d) The set of seives with
the lid removed is to be placed under the mill so as to allow the ground
material to fall directly on the top seive.
(e) The cut sample is to be
transferred from the cordite tray to the mill and ground. The first portion passing through the mill
is to be rejected. A sufficient quantity of the sample is to be taken to ensure
that enough material is obtained on the second seive without grinding the hole
quantity introduced into the mill.
(f) The lid is to be
replaced on the set of seives and the sample is to be sieved for one minute.
The material which remains on the second sieve is to be taken for heat test,
except in the case of powder in sticks or tubes the nominal diameter of which
is less than 0.762 mm. in this case, the material in the bottom compartment is
to be taken for heat test.
(g) 1.6 grammes of the ground
and sieved sample are to be weighed out in the scoop, transferred by means of
the aluminium funnel to a heat test tube and collected at the bottom by gently
tapping the side of the tube with the fingers.
These such test quantities are to be so weighed out. The sample is then ready to- be heat tested.
(h) The set of sieves and the
cordite mill are to be cleaned with the cleaning brush before and after the
preparation of each sample.
(ii) The explosives in the
form of grant for small arms:-
(a) A quantity of the sample
sufficient for the tests required is to be spread evenly on an aluminium tray.
(b) The oven is to have been
brought to, and is to be maintained at a temperature of 48.90C (1200F). The tray is to be placed in the oven and
kept there for 15 minutes, with the door closed. (c) The tray is to be removed
from the oven and exposed to the air of the room for 4 hours.
(d) 1.3 grammes of the
exposed sample are to be weighed out in the scoop and transferred, by means of
the aluminium funnel to a heat test tube.
Three such test quantities are to be so weighed out. The sample is then ready to be heat tested.
III. Application of the TEST:
(a) The water bath is to be
fitted up and is to be levelled and filled with water up to the outflow. It is to be placed on a table of convenient
height in such a position that the heat test tint can readily be observed by
reflected light. No part of the
apparatus is to be exposed to direct sunlight.
(b) The thermometer fixed in
the rubber stopper, is to be inserted in the wire cage provided for the purpose
on the under side of the lid of the water bath to a depth of 7.6 cm. the water
is heated to the required temperature and maintained at a constant temperature
and depth. The temperatures for the
various explosives are given in Table I.
(c) The glass rod with
platinum wire hook is to be inserted in the rubber stopper. A test paper is then to be removed from the
brown glass bottle by means of the forceps placed on the glass plate so that
its edges coincide with the lines on the plate, and pierced by passing the
needle through the paper and the hole in the plate. The test paper is then to be held by means of the forceps, and a
mixture of equal volumes of distilled water and glycerine is to be applied to
the upper edge of the test paper by means of the glass rod of the dropping
bottle in sufficient quantity to moister the upper half of the test paper by
the time the test is complete. The
platinum wire hook of the glass rod is then to be passed through the hole in
the paper. At no time is the operator
to touch the paper with his finger.
(d) The rubber stopper
carrying the glass rod and test paper is at once to be firmly pressed into the
test tube containing the explosives to be tested until the bottom of the
stopper coincides with the top line etched on the test tube and the position of
the glass rod is to be adjusted, so that the lower edge of the wet portion of
the test paper, which edge is to be approximately horizontal, coincide with the
middle etched line on the test tube.
The test tube is then to be inserted in one of the wire-cages of the lid
of the water bath, so that the bottom line etched on the test tube coincides
with the upper surface of the lid. The
rubber ring is to be pressed down on the bath and the cap placed in position
over the tube.
The
quantities of the various explosives to be placed in the test tube are given in
Table I.
The test
paper is not to be inspected by lifting the cap until shortly before the time
explosive ought to stand the test as given in Table I.
(e) The test is completed when the faint brown line, which after some time makes its appearance at the margin between the wet and the dry positions of the test paper, equals in depth of tint the brown line on the standard tint paper.
For any given
explosives to pass the test, the time elapsing between the introduction of the
tube into the bath and the production of the tint equal to the standard must
not be less than the time given in Table 1.
After the
test is finished, the explosive is to be carefully removed from the tubes, and
the tubes thoroughly washed out with tap water by means of the test tube
brush. They are then to be rinsed out
and allowed to drain for a few minutes.
The washing is repeated with distilled water, the tubes rinsed, allowed
to drain, and finally dried in a bath at 1000C. The tubes are to be allowed to cool to the ordinary temperature
before being used again.
|
Class |
Division |
Explosive Nature |
Temperature of Heat Test Bath |
Quantity of Explosive Heat Tested |
Time Explosive should stand the Test |
|
|
|
|
OC. |
|
Min. |
|
3 |
1 |
Friable
Nitro-glycerine preparations from which the Nitro-glycerine cannot
conveniently be extracted by water. |
7.1 (1600F) |
3.2
grammes |
7 |
|
|
|
Blasting Gelatine, and Analogous
preparations |
71.1 (1600F) |
3.2 grammes+6.5 grammes French Chalk |
10 |
|
|
|
Cordite, Ballistic and other propellant of
Class 3, Division 1 |
71.1 (1600F) |
1.6 grammes. |
10 |
|
3 |
2 |
Nitro-cellulose pulp, compressed
Gun-cotton Nitro-cellulose Propel
-lants |
76.7 (170OF 76.7 (170O F) |
1.3
grammes 1.3 grammes |
10 10 |
IV-Exudation and Liquefaction Test for Blasting
Gelatine and
analogous
preparations
Test for
Liquefaction
A cylinder of blasting gelatine is to be cut from the cartridge to be
tested the length of the cylinder to be about equal to its diameter and the
ends being cut flat.
The cylinder is to be placed on end on a flat surface without any
wrapper and secured by a pin passing vertically through its centre.
In this condition the cylinder is to be exposed for one hundred and
forty four (144) consecutive hours (six days and nights) to a temperature
ranging from 29.40C to 32.20C and during such exposure the cylinder shall not
diminish in height by more than one-fourth of its original height, and the
upper cut surface shall retain its flatness and the sharpness of its edge.
Note. - If the blasting gelatine and gelatine dynamite to be tested cannot be
made up in cylindrical form, the test is to be applied with necessary
modifications.
Test for
Liability to Exudation
There shall be no separation from the general mass of the blasting
gelatine or gelatine dynamite of any nitroglycerine or liquid nitro-compound
under anv conditions of storage, transport or use, or when the material is
subjected three times in succession to alternate freezing and thawing or when
subjected to the liquefaction test hereinbefore described.
V-Picric Acid
(1) The
material shall contain not more than 0.3 part of mineral or noncombustible
matter in 100 parts by weight of the material dried at 7110C.
(1600F).
(2) It
should not contain more than a minute trace of lead.
(3) One
hundred parts of the dry material shall not contain more than 0.3 part of total
(free and combined) sulphuric acid, of which not more than 0.1 part shall be
free sulphuric acid.
(4) Its
melting point should be between 1120c and 122.80C.
The material must not be too sensitive and must show no tendency to
Increase in sensitiveness on keeping.
The material must contain nothing liable to reduce the chlorate.
Chlorites calculated, as potassium chloride must not exceed 0.25 per
cent.
VI-Testing
Chlorate mixtures
The material must contain no free acid, or substance liable to produce
free acid.
Explosives of this class containing nitro-compounds will be subject to
the heat test as they belonged to Class 3.
Note. -These explosives will be considered too sensitive if they can be
exploded, however, partially by means of a glancing blow with a broomstick on
soft wood, such as, deal.
VII-PETN
Penta" Erythritol Tetra nitrate
(a) Heat
Test.- If the sample is received dry, it is to be transferred to a clean
sheet of paper and mixed thoroughly in an atmosphere free from dust. Sample of moist PETN is to be dried prior to
being heat tested by taking the same in a tared flat-bottomed dish and expose
the dish and its contents in an oven at a temperature not exceed 600c
until constant in weight.
1.3 grammes of the dry sample is carefully transferred to a heat test
tube by means the aluminium funnel.
After removal of the funnel the sample is to be collected at the bottom
of the tube by tapping with the fingers.
It is then to be heat tested at a temperature of 76.60c
and the time explosive should stand the test, should not be less than 10
minutes.
(b) Other tests and requirements. -
(1)
The PETN should be in the form of white crystals.
(2) It should be free from
gritty particles, visible impurities and foreign matter.
(3) Melting point- The
melting point of the PETN should be between 1390c and 1420c
(4) Insoluble matter- The
total insoluble matter in acetone should not be more than 0.05 per cent.
(5) Volatile matter- Volatile
matter should not be more than 0. 15 per cent.
(6) Acidity- the acidity,
calculated, as HN02 should not
exceed 0.01 percent.
(7) Alkalinity- The
alkalinity, calculated as Na2CO3, should not be more than 0.01 per cent.
(8) Nitrogen content- The
nitrogen content should not be less than 17.40 per cent. and not more than
27.80 per cent.
APPENDIX-I TO SCHEDULE-III
Preparation of
Standard Tint Papers
0.48 grammes
of the finest yellow ochre, 0.2 gramme of raw and 5 grammes of fine white gum
arabic, all of which have been very finely ground in an agate mortar, are
weighed into stoppered bottle of about 150 c.c. Capacity and 100 c.c. of water
added. The whole is shaken in the cold
until the gum is dissolved. The
suspension is then well shaken and allowed to stand for one hour.
A
stylographic pen is then filled from the centre of the suspension and with the
aid of a ruler lines are drawn at a steady pace across one side, of a sheet of
filter paper to Specification D. The sheet is then cut up into rectangular
strips 1 cm. broad by 2 cm. long, each with line across the middle
perpendicular to the length of the strip.
The breadth of the line must be neither less than 0.5 mm. nor more than
1 mm.
In order to
maintain continuity as regards depth of tint strips in which the tint does not
correspond with that of the sealed pattern are to be rejected.
APPENDIX-II TO SCHEDULE-III
Preparation and Testing of Heat Papers Preparation
Potassium
Iodide. - The purest potassium iodide obtainable commercially is to be
purified by triple re-crystallisation from pure ethyl alcohol, diluted by the
addition of one-twentieth of its volume of distilled water. The crystals are to
be kept as small as possible, and are to be spread out on clean filter paper,
resting on a glass plate, and allowed to dry in the dark. When dry, they are to
be placed in a thin layer on the bottom of a platinum crucible and heated to a
dull red heat for one minute over a spirit lamp burning pure alcohol. When cold the crystals are to be transferred
to a brown glass stoppered bottle from which the quantities required are to be
weighed out.
The potassium
iodide used for each batch of filter paper is to be prepared as above
immediately before use.
Starch. - The
starch used is to be best maize starch in the form of corn flour. It is to be purified immediately before use
by washing six times by decantation with freshly distilled water. It is then to be placed on a porous plate of
unglazed porcelain, allowed to dry in a warm atmosphere in the dark, and
stopped in a brown bottle from which the quantities required are to be weighed
out.
Preparation
of the Dipping Solution. -220 cc. of freshly distilled water are to be
placed in a Jena glass flask and raised to boiling point over a spirit lamp
burning pure spirit. 3 grammes of the starch, prepared as above, are to be
suspended in 30 cc. of distilled water and the mixture poured into the 220 c.c.
of boiling water, with continuous shaking.
The whole is to be kept boiling gently, and shaken occasionally for 5
minutes. The solution of starch so
prepared is to be added to a solution of 1 gramme of the purified potassium
iodide in 250 c.c. of fresh distilled water, and the solution well mixed. The mixture is to stand overnight in a dark
room. The following day, the clear
supernatant liquid is to be carefully syphoned off and used immediately for
dipping the paper. If it is desired to dip a large bath of paper, the foregoing
quantities may be multiplied in order to obtain sufficient solution.
Dipping the papers. - The clear potassium iodide and starch
solution is to be poured into a porcelain tray, which is to be kept exclusively
for this operation. Sheets of filter
paper to Specification D are to be passed through it singly, so that all except
3 cm. at the end of the strip of paper, passes beneath the surface of the
liquid.
The strip of
paper is to be held above the tray by the dry portion and a glass rod passed
down each side to remove the excess of solution. It is then to be suspended by the unclippened portion in a warm
dark room, cupboard, or oven until dry. It is advisable to dip a small piece,
out of the edge of each sheet at the boundary line between the wet and dry
portions as a guide in subsequent cutting.
Cutting and
Trimming the Test Paper.- In cutting and trimming heat test paper of the
operator is to wear clean cotton gloves.
When the
sheets are dry they are to be trimmed by cutting off the unclipped end about
0.5 cm. below the edge of the undipped portion 0.5 cm. strips are also cut from
the other three edges. The sheets are
then to be stored in amber-coloured glass jars, kept in the dark.
When a bath
of paper has been passed for issue the sheets are to be cut up into rectangular
pieces 1 cm. by 2 cm., and are to be issued in this form.
All the above
operations are to be carried out in a building specially reserved for this
work. This building is to be protected
from the direct access the sun's rays and is, as far as possible, to be kept
dark.
Testing of Heat Test Paper by the Diffusion Test
Apparatus and Materials required
No.
|
1. |
Acheson graphite |
Pieces, 1 |
|
2. |
Acid, Sulphuric,
normal solution |
A supply |
|
3. |
Annulus
aluminium |
2 |
|
4. |
Cap, light-tight
paste board |
1 |
|
5. |
Cylinder, glass,
with rubber stopper |
1 |
|
6. |
Cylinder,
measuring 100 c.c. |
1 |
|
7. |
Ferrous ammonium
sulphate |
A supply |
|
8. |
Jar,
cylindrical, brown glass |
1 |
|
9. |
Pipette 10
c.c. |
1 |
|
10. |
Rod, stirring,
glass |
1 |
|
11. |
Sodium nitrite
solution containing 1.7 gm in 1 litre |
A supply |
|
12 |
Stopper, rubber,
with 4 platinum hooks |
1 |
Application
of the Test.- The solutions
are to be brought to 150C before use. 2 grammes of ferrous
ammonium sulphate are weighed out and placed in the glass jar, 90 cc. of the normal
sulphuric acid added and solution effected by stirring with the glass rod. The jar is then placed in a bath of water at
150C and must be kept at the temperature of the air should be
140C to 170C. 10 c.c. of the sodium nitrite
solution are then added by means of the pipette and well stirred in. An aluminium annulus is placed centrally
over the mouth of the jar and the orifice covered by the graphite slab; over
this is placed a second annulus. Good
contact between surfaces is to be ensured by exerting a slight pressure and
twisting motion.
The glass
cylinder with rubber stopper and light tight cap are then placed on the second
annulus and the assembled apparatus is allowed to stand for 20 minutes. After the expiration of the 20 minutes, the
light tight cap and the glass cylinder are removed, the rubber stopper taken
out of the cylinder waved several times through the air. As soon as possible, four of the heat test
papers to be tested are moistened with glycerine solution, placed on the
platinum hooks of the stopper, the stopper inserted in the cylinder, and the
cylinder and light tight cap again placed in position of the second annulus,
and the time noted.
When the
papers read by reflected light reach the standard tint, the time is again
noted; the difference gives the time of test. Standard tint papers to be read
by reflected light used for comparison.
The cylinder
is then removed uncorked, waved several times through the air, and a fresh set
of papers is at once put on for test.
After four sets of test have been made the graphite slab must be heated
to 2000C for 1 hour allowed to cool in an evacuated
desiccator over potash for at least 16 hours before being used again.
A batch of
papers is to be tested by carrying out four consecutive tests of four papers on
each of two days.
SCHEDULE IV
Licensing Authority
(See rule 155)
|
Article No. |
Form of Licence |
Purpose for which granted |
Authority empowered to grant |
|
|
(1) |
(2) |
(3) |
(4) |
|
|
1 -(a)
|
20 |
To manufacture
explosives other than fireworks- Gunpowder, ANFO
at site and Liquid Oxygen explosives. |
Chief controller |
|
|
1 -(b)
|
20 |
1[To manufacture fireworks-and/or gunpowder (1)
Up to 15 Kgs. (2) More than 15 Kgs; and up to 200 Kgs. |
District Authority cont roller of
explosives authorised by Chief controller] |
|
|
1-(C) |
20 |
To manufacture fireworks and/or gun powder
more than 200 Kgs. at a time. |
Chief controller |
|
|
1. Subs. by G.S.R. 41 (E), dated 15th January, 1988
(w.e.f. 18th January, 1988. |
||||
|
1 -(d) |
38
|
To manufacture ANFO explosive at site. |
Controller Of explosives, authorised by
Chief controller |
|
|
1-(e) |
39 |
To manufacture liquid oxygen
explosives |
Chief controller |
|
|
2-('a) |
21 |
To possess for sale explosives not
exceeding 2000.kgs. of Class 1,2,3,4 and 7 together with explosives of Class
6. |
Controller of explosives authorised by
Chief Controller |
|
|
2-(b) |
21 |
To possess for sale explosives exceeding
2000 Kgs Kgs. of Class 1,2,8,4, and7 and any quantity of Class5, 6 and 8 |
Chief Controller |
|
|
3-(a) |
22 |
To possess for use explosives not exceeding
2000 |
Controller of Explosives authorised by
Chief |
|
|
|
|
Together will explosives of Class 6. |
|
|
|
3-(b) |
22 |
To possess for use explosives exceeding
2,000 Kgs. of Class 1,2,3,4 and 7 and any quantity of Class 5,6 and 8. |
Chief Controller |
|
|
4-(a) |
24 |
1[To possess and sell from a shop small
-arms nitro compound not exceeding 25 kgs. or fireworks not exceeding
100 Kgs. of Class 7, Division 2 subdivision 2, 1000 Kgs. of Class 7, Division
2 sub- division 1; or gunpowder not exceeding 25 Kgs. and safety fuse not
exceeding 10,000 metres] |
Controller of Ex-plosives authorised by
Chief Controller |
|
|
4-(b) |
|
2[To possess and sell from a shop fireworks
not exceeding 50 Kgs. of Class 7, Division 2 sub-division 2, 400 Kgs. of
Class 7, Division 2 subdivision I or gunpowder not exceeding 5,000
metres.] |
District authority |
|
|
1. Subs. by G.S.R. 41 (E), dated 15th January, 1988
(w.e.f. 18th January, 1988). 2. Subs. by G.S.R. 903 (E), dated 16th October, 1989
(w.e.f. 16th October,1989). |
||||
|
5-(a) |
23 |
To possess for own
use Class 2 and/or Class 3 explosives not exceeding 5 Kgs.
electric or ordinary detonators not
exceeding 100 numbers and safety fuse not exceeding 200 metres. |
District Authority |
|
|
5-(b) |
23 |
To possess for
use arms nitro-compound not exceeding 5 Kgs. in the State of
Kerala. |
District Authority |
|
|
5-(c) |
23 |
To possess for
use gunpowder not exceeding 5 Kgs. and safety fuse not exceeding
50 metres in the State of Bihar, Kerala and West Bengal. |
District Authority |
|
|
6. |
27 |
To import explosives |
Chief Controller |
|
|
7. |
28 |
To export explosives |
Chief Controller |
|
|
8. |
26 |
To transport explosives |
Controller
of Explosives |
|
|
9. |
25 |
For road van |
Controller authorised |
|
|
10. |
29 |
For public display of fireworks. |
Controller authorised by Chief Controller |
|
|
11. |
Special |
To manufacture explosives not provided in
Article 1. |
Chief Controller. |
|
SCHEDULE V-FORMS
FORM I
Test Certificate for Explosives
(See rules 28 and 34)
Certified
that samples of the explosives of the description given below have been tested
and have passed the test set forth in Sch.
III as applicable to such explosive and in the case of explosives of the
lst Division of 3rd (Nitro compound) or 4th (Chlorate Mixture) classes, that
there are no signs of liquefaction or of excluded nitro-glycerine or liquid
nitro-compound.
|
Name and address of importer* Consignor |
Description of Explosives |
Number of packages |
Date of manufacture and batch number
referred to in rule 9 (2) |
Actual time taken in Heat Test for tint to
appear |
Remarks |
This
certificate is valid for twelve months only that is to say it expires on the
……. day of……………… 19.. provided that in
case of nitroglycerine compounds
which are not used as propellants, it shall expire on the 31st day of July
following.
Date: Signature
of Testing Officer
Place:
Designation
*Name of
importer in case of import, and consignor in case of transport.
______________________________________________
FORM 2
(See rule 24)
Declaration
to be made by the Master of a Ship carrying explosives before entering a port
or by the ship's agent.
1. Name of ship …………….
2. Date of arrival at ……………….Port………………..
|
Description of Explosives |
Date of manufacture, batch No. and other
distinguishing marks on cases |
Total quantity carried |
Quantity to be landed at port |
Remarks |
|
|
|
Kg. Cases |
Kg. Cases |
|
Date : Signature
of Master/Agent of Ship
FORM 3
[See rule 154 (3)]
Application
for grant or amendment of licence to manufacture explosives
I ……………,on behalf …………….,I apply for grant of licence/amendment of
licence No……………to manufacture explosives.
I give full particulars below and enclose other documents as required.
The replies to be written in this
column
_______________________
|
1. |
Name in which
licence is required to be granted (see note below) |
.. |
.. |
.. |
.. |
|
2. |
Status Individual
Company Society |
.. .. .. |
.. .. .. |
.. .. .. |
.. .. .. |
|
3. |
Age (see notes below) |
.. |
.. |
.. |
.. |
|
4. |
Postal address: |
.. |
. . |
. . |
. . |
|
|
Pin code No. Telephone
No. Telegraphic Address Telex |
. . .. .. .. |
. . .. .. .. |
. . .. .. .. |
. . .. .. .. |
|
5. |
Qualifications
and experience of applicant and the technical personnel employed by him.
(Give individual details and attach separate sheet if required) |
. . |
.. . |
. . |
. . |
|
6. |
Situation of the premises: State District Town or village Survey No. Police Station Railway Station or Steamer Ghat |
.. .. .. .. .. .. |
.. .. .. .. .. .. |
.. .. .. .. .. .. |
.. .. .. .. .. .. |
|
7. |
Explosives proposed to be manufactured: Class Division (if any) Name and description Annual capacity of the Manufacturing Plant Quantity of
explosives present at any one time in the manufacturing Plant Quantity of
explosives proposed to be manufactured in one day |
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. |
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. |
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. |
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. |
|
8. |
Has the process been approved by Chief
Controller. If yes, please give
approval letter No. and Date |
Yes .. |
.. |
No .. |
.. .. |
|
9. |
Has the applicant been convicted under any offence or ordered to execute bond under Chapter VIII of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 during last 10 years. If yes, please give details. |
Yes |
.. |
No |
.. |
|
10 |
(a) Particulars of other licences under
Explosives Act, 1884, if any, held by the applicant during last 10 years (b) Was
an licence cancelled/not renewed? (c) If
yes, give details |
.. .. .. |
.. .. .. |
.. .. .. |
.. .. .. |
|
11 |
Details of
amendment proposed/ Additional
information, if any |
.. |
.. |
.. |
.. |
I hereby
certify that the above particulars given by me are correct.
Signature of Applicant
Authorised
person in case of a Company)
Full
Name………….
Address………….
Date……..
NOTES-
1. In case where application is made in the
name of a Company, the names and addresses of Directors and Partners and the
name, address, and specimen signatures of person or persons authorised to sign
correspondence in respect of licence applied for should be given on a separate
sheet and enclosed with this application form.
Any change in the above information should be immediately communicated
to the licensing authority and authority renewing the licence.
2. Age to be given in case
the applicant is an individual.
3. Please attach the
following to application:
(a) Plans of the proposed
buildings and the site drawn to scale.
Site
plan should
show full approach road network to the factory.
(b) A description of
situation, character and construction of all mounds, buildings (production,
non-production, stores, administrative, etc.) and the safe distances observed.
(c) A description of plant,
equipment, and its location provided in each building and part thereof.
(d) A description of
process/work to be carried out in each building or part thereof.
(e) A description of
explosives and ingredients thereof, whether wholly or partially mixed, that
will be present in any building or machine at any one time.
(f) A description of
maximum number of persons to be employed in each building.
(g) A description of any special constructions or
provisions which the applicant may propose by reason of special circumstances,
arising from the location, situation or construction of any building or works
or the nature of process or otherwise.
4. Delete whichever is not
applicable.
5. In case the application
is for amendment of licence, only relevant documents should be submitted.
FORM 4
[See rule 154 (4)]
Application for grant or amendment
of licence to process and sellexplosives
I……………………………..
on behalf of……………………….. apply for grant of a licence/amendment of licence
No……………………………..for possession and sale of
explosives. I give below full particulars and enclose
other documents as required.
Replies to be written
in this column.
|
1. |
Name in which licence is required to be
granted (see notes below) |
|
|
2. |
Status Individual Company Society |
. . . . . . . . . . . . |
|
3. |
Age (see notes below) |
. . . . |
|
4. |
Postal address Pin
Code No. Telephone
No. Telegraphic
Address Telex |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
|
5. |
Qualifications
and experience of applicant and the technical personnel employed by him (Give
individual details and attach separate sheet if required). |
|
|
6. |
Situation of premises ________
State District Town or Village Survey No. Police Station
Railway or Steamer Ghat |
.
. . . . . .
. . . . . |
7. Explosives proposed to be possessed and
sold
|
Name and Description |
Class
|
Division if any |
Quantity__ at anyone in the time month |
|
(i) (ii) (iii) |
|
|
|
|
8. |
Are the premises
attached to a factory licensed to manufacture explosives? If so, please give
the licence number |
..
.. .. |
|
9. |
Have the
premises previously been licensed? If yes, please give: (i) Previous licence No. (ii) Name and address of previous licence (iii) Reasons
for cancellation/non-renewal of previous licence |
Yes No ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. |
|
10. |
Has the
applicant been convicted under any offence or ordered to execute any bond
under Chapter VIII of the Code of Criminal Procedure 1973, during last 10
years? If yes, please give details.
|
Yes. No. |
|
11. |
(a) Particulars of other
licences, if any, under Explosives Act, 1884 held by the applicant during the
last 10 years. (b) Was any licence
cancelled/not renewed (c) If yes, give details |
..
.. .. Yes No ..
.. .. |
|
12. |
Details of amendment proposed/Additional/ information, if any |
..
.. .. |
I hereby
certify that the information given above is correct.
Date…………..
Signature of applicant
Place…………. (Authorised person in case
of
……………………….)
Full Name…………………………….
Address……………………………….
NOTES. -
(1) In case where application
is made in the name of a company, the names and addresses of Directors and
Partners and the name, address and specimen signatures of person or persons
authorised to sign correspondence in respect of licence applied for should be
given on a separate sheet and enclosed with this application form.
Any change in
the above information should be immediately communicated to the licensing
authority and authority renewing the licence.
(2) Age
to be given in case the applicant is an individual.
(3) Please
attach the following to application-
(a) Site plan of the proposed
premises. The plan should be drawn to
scale and show full approach road network to the premises, nearby landmarks,
and safety distances from nearest protected works.
(b) Plans showing
construction details of the building mounds, lightning conductors, etc.
(4) Delete
whichever is not applicable.
FORM 5
[See rules 154 (4) and 154 (5)]
Application for grant or amendment
of licence to possess explosives
for use
I,..........................….
on behalf of………………………………. apply for grant of licence No…………. to possess explosives for use. The required particulars are given below and the necessary documents are enclosed.
Replies to be written
in
this column.
|
1. |
Name in which licence is required to be
granted (See notes below) |
.. .. ..
.. |
|
2. |
Status Individual Company |
.. .. ..
.. |
|
3. |
Age Society (See notes below) |
..
.. .. .. |
|
4. |
Postal Address Pin Code No. Telephone No.
Telegraphic Address
Telex |
..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. |
|
5. |
Qualifications and experience of applicant
and the technical personnel employed by him (Give individual details and
attach separate sheets if required) |
.. .. .. .. |
|
6. |
Situation of premises for storage State District Town or Village Survey
No. Police Station Railway Station or Steamer Ghat |
..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. |
|
7. |
Explosives proposed to be stored for use- |
|
|
Name and Description |
Class Division |
Quantity at any one time |
|
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) |
|
|
|
8. |
Where the premises previously
licensed?
If yes, please give- (i)
Previous licence No. (ii) Name and address of previous licensee (iii) Reasons for
cancellation/non-renewal of previous licence |
Yes No |
|
9. |
Explosives proposed to be used per day-
Name and Description
|
Class Division Quantity |
|
10. |
Details of site where explosives will be
used |
.. .. .. .. |
|
11. |
Distance of site where the explosives will
be used from the storage premises mentioned in item 6 |
.. .. ..
.. |
|
12. |
Mode of transport of explosives |
..
.. .. .. .. |
|
13. |
Licence No. of Road Van, if used |
.. .. .. .. |
|
14. |
Has the applicant been convicted under any
offence or ordered to execute any bond under the Chapter VIII of the Code of
Criminal Procedure, 1973, during last 10 years ? If yes, please give details |
.. ..
.. .. |
|
15. |
(a)
Particulars of other licences if any, under Explosives Act, 1884, held by the
applicant during the last 10 years |
..
.. .. .. |
|
|
(b) Was any licence cancelled/not renewed
? (c)
If yes, give details . |
Yes No |
|
16. |
Details of amendment proposed/Additional
information, if any |
..
.. .. .. |
I hereby
certify that the information given above is correct.
Date……… Signature of
applicant ……….
……………………………
(Authorised person in case of Company)
Full Name………………….
Address……………………
NOTES. -
(1) In case where application
is made in the name of a company, the name and address of Directors and
Partners and the name, address and specimen signature of person or persons
authorised to sign correspondence in respect of licence applied for should be
given on a separate sheet and enclosed with this application form.
Any change in
the above information should be immediately communicated to the licensing
authority and authority renewing the licence.
(2) Age to be given in case
the applicant is an individual.
(3) Please attach the
following to the application:
(a) Plans of proposed
building and site should be drawn to scale.
The site plan should show full approach road network to storage premises
and observe safety distances.
(b) Site plan of the area
where explosives will be used. The plan
should show-complete approach road network, nearby land marks, distances from
nearest protected! Works, etc.
(4) Delete
whichever is not applicable.
_______________________
FORM 6
[See rule 154 (5)]
Application for grant of a licence to possess
explosives for own use
I hereby
apply for a licence to possess explosives as mentioned below for my own use for
removal of tree stumps/levelling of ground digging of new well deepening of
existing well. The purpose of
……………………………………………………..A certificate
No
…………dated……….. from…………… as required under sub-rule (8) of rule 155 of the
Explosives Rules, 1983, is also enclosed.
Replies to be given in
this column.
1.
Name of the applicant …. ……… ……. ….
2. Age
of the applicant ……… ……….
….. …
3. Residential
address of the applicant
……. ……… ……..
….
4.
Location of the premises shall be used ……..
…… ………. ….
Survey No. ……… ………
……. …
5. Mode
of storage
6. Location
of the- premises where the explosives shall be stored
7. Quantity
of explosives proposed to be stored
(i) Gun
Powder
(ii) Nitrate
Mixture
(iii) Nitro-compound
(iv) Safety Fuse
(v) Electric
Detonators
(vi) Ordinary
Detonators
8. Particulars
of the licence obtained by the applicant during last two years
(a) Has the applicant been
convicted under any law or ordered to execute a bond under Chapter VIII of the
Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, during the last ten years?
Yes No
(b) If yes, give details
9(a) Particulars of licence
held by the applicant under the Explosives Act, 1884, during
the last 10
years
.. .. .. ..
(b) Was licence
cancelled/not renewed? Yes No
(c) If yes, give details ..
.. … ..
10. Any other information
I certify
that the information given by me above is correct.
Place …………… Signature of
applicant…………..
Date of application…………….
NOTES. -
(1) The applicant should attach site plan and construction of the
premises-where the explosives shall be stored.
(2) Delete whichever is not
applicable.
FORM 7
[See rule 154 (6)]
Application for grant of a licence for
a Road Van for transport of
explosives
I,……………………on
behalf …………………………apply for grant of a licence for
Road Van, for
transport of explosives. The required
particulars are given below the necessary documents are enclosed.
Replies to be given in the
Column
|
1. |
Name in which licence is required to be
granted (see note below) |
…. …….. …….. |
|
|
4. |
Postal address of applicant Pin Code No. Telephone No.
Telegraphic Address Telex |
……. ……. ….. …… …….. ………. …… …….. … |
|
|
5. |
Address of the premises where the vehicle
is to be normally kept |
….. ……. ……… |
|
|
6. |
Explosive to be carried |
…….
…….. ……. |
|
|
7. |
Places between which the vehicle will ply |
………
……. …... |
|
|
8. |
(a) Will the vehicle be used for carrying
explosives to site and used for blasting |
……..
…….. ….. .
Yes No |
|
|
|
(b) if
of area of operation |
…… ……. …. |
|
|
9. |
(a)Description of vehicle Make
Registration of vehicle Engine No. Chassis No. |
…..
………. ….. ……. …….. ……. …….. ……
…….. ……. ………… ……. |
|
|
|
(a)Gross vehicle weight rating (b) Weight of unloaded vehicle (C) Tyres |
………….
……….Kgs. …… . ….. Kgs. |
|
|
Size |
Ply rating |
Maximum individual tyre load a cold
inflation pressure |
Number |
|
Front |
|
kg. |
|
Rear
Kg.
_______________________________________________________
|
Total maximum load-Total
maximum .
individual tyre load + number---- |
||
|
10. |
Description of other fittings on the
vehicle |
…….. …… ….. |
|
11. |
Carrying capacity permitted by Regional
Transport Authority |
…….. ……. ……. |
|
12. |
(a) Has the applicant been convicted under
any offence or ordered to execute a bond under Chapter VIII of the Code of
Criminal Procedure, 1973, during the last 10 years? (b)If yes, give details |
Yes
No |
|
13. |
(a) Particulars of any licence held by the
applicant under the Explosives Act 1884, during last 10 years (b) Was any
licence cancelled/not renewed? |
…….
………. …… .Yes No |
|
14. |
Additional information, if any |
…...
…….. …
|
I certify
that the information given above is correct that every driver of this vehicle
shall be instructed in relevant provision of the Act and rules made
thereunder.
Date………. Signature of applicant…………..
(Authorised person in
case of
Name in Full………..
Place…….. Company Name in full Address
NOTES. -
(1) In case where application
is made in the name of a company, the names and address of directors and
partners and the name, address and specimen signatures of persons or person
authorised to sign the correspondence in respect of licence applied for should
be given on separate sheet and enclosed with this application.
Any change in
above information should be immediately communicated to the licensing authority
renewing the licence.
(2) Age to be given in case
the applicant is an individual.
(3) The applicant should
submit plans of the road van showing complete construction details, fittings,
and safety devices. Full details of
additions equipments/fittings in the vehicle should also be clearly shown.
(4) Total maximum load must
equal or exceed gross vehicle weight rating.
(5) Delete whichever is not
applicable.
FORM 8
[see rule 154 (7)]
Application for grant or amendment of
licence to transport
Explosives
I,………….., on
behalf of ………., apply for grant of a licence No………. to Transport explosives.
The particulars are given below, other documents are given below, and other
documents are enclosed as required.
|
1. |
Name of the applicant (see note below) |
…… ……. ……… |
|
2. |
Applicant's postal address Pin Code
No. Telephone No. Telegraphic
Address
Telex |
……
…….. …… ……… ………. .. …….. …….. ………. ……..
……… ….. |
|
3. |
Particulars of licence granted under the
Explosives Rules, 1983, held by the applicant from where the explosives will
be transported Licence No……………….for possession Situation of premises Licensed
capacity- Name of explosives Class Division, if any Quantity Date up to which the licence is valid |
…..
…… …….. ………..
……….. …….. …….. …..
………. …….. ……… .. …. …….
…… …… ……. ……… …… |
|
4. |
Particulars of place to which the
explosives will be transported |
… ……..; …….. ……
……….. |
|
5. |
Mode of transport |
…….
……… ……. |
|
|
(a)Does the applicant hold any licence |
Yes No |
|
6. |
(a) Has the applicant been convicted under
any offence or ordered to execute bond under Chapter VIII of criminal
procedure, 1973, during last ten years (b) If yes, please give details |
. .
yes
No |
|
7. |
(a) Particulars of other licenses Under the
Explosives Act , 1884, if any, held
by the applicant during last ten years
(a) Was any licence cancelled/renewed? |
.. .. .. .. … … …. ….. . yes No
|
|
|
(c) If yes, give detail |
|
|
8. |
Particulars of amendment proposed/
Additional information if any |
..
.. .. .. … … ….. … …… ….. …. …. |
I certify
that the particulars given by me are correct.
Signature of applicant …………..
(Authorised person in case of a)
Date…………. Company……………………..
Name in full…………………
Address…………………….
Place………….. ……………………………
Notes.-
(1) In case where application is made in the name
of a company and the names and addresses of directors, and partners and the
name, address and specimen signatures
of the person or persons authorised to sign
the correspondence in respect of licence applied for should be given on
separate enclosed with this application form .
Any change in the above information should be immediately communicated
to the licensing authority and authority renewing the license.
(2) Age to be given in case the applicant is an individual .
FORM 9
[See rule 154 (8)]
Application or Shot-firer's Permit
I hereby
apply for a Short-firer's Permit under Explosives Rules-
__________________________________________________________________
Replies
to be given in this
Column
|
1. |
Name of applicant in full |
..
.. .. .. .. |
|
2. |
Age of applicant |
..
.. .. .. .. |
|
3. |
Postal Address Pin Code No. Telephone No. |
..
.. .. .. .. |
|
4. |
Qualification and experience of applicant |
..
.. .. .. .. |
I certify
that the above particulars are true an correct
.....................................
(Signature of applicant)……….
Date of application………….
NOTE-Please encloses certified copies of certificates showing date of
birth, educational qualifications and
experience.
FORM 10
[See rule 154 (7)]
Application or grant of licence
to import explosives
I ……………………on
behalf of ……………………apply for grant of licence under
the
Explosives Rules, 1983, to import explosives and furnish the following
particulars:
|
1. |
Name in which licence is required (see note
below) |
..
.. .. .. |
|
2. |
Status Individual
Company Society |
..
.. .. .. |
|
3. |
Postal Address Pin Code No.
Telephone No. Telegraphic
Address Telex |
..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. |
|
4. |
Explosives proposed to be imported at a
time |
.. ..
.. .. |
|
Name and Description Class Division, if any Quantity |
||||
|
5. |
Are the explosives to be imported
aurhorised explosives |
Yes
No |
||
|
6. |
Name and address of the manufacturer of
explosives to be imported |
. .
.. |
||
|
7. |
Licence particulars of the premises where
explosives will be stored |
..
.. |
||
|
Licensee |
Licence No. & Form |
Validity of licence |
Address of premises |
Quantity to be stored |
|
8. |
Port or place of import |
|
||
|
9. |
Has the applicant been convicted under an
offence or ordered to execute any bond under Chapter VIII of the code of
Criminal Procedure, 1973, during the
last 10 years? |
. Yes No |
||
|
10. |
(a) Particulars of other licences, if any,
under Explosives Act, 1884, held by tfi6 applicant during the last 10 years.
(b) Was any licence cancelled/not renewed? (C) If yes, give details |
. . . . Yes No
.. .. .. |
||
|
11. |
Additional information, if any |
..
.. .. |
||
I certify
that the information given above is correct.
Date
…………….
Signature of applicant………………..
(Authorised person in case of company)
Name in full…………………………
Address……………………………
NOTE:-In case where application is made in
the name of a company, the names and addresses of directors and partners and
the name, address and specimen signatures of person or persons authorised to
sign correspondence in respect of licence applied for should be given on a
separate sheet and enclosed with this application form.
Any change in
the above information should be immediately communicated to the licensing
authority and authority renewing the licence.
FORM 11
[See rule 154 (7)]
Application for grant of licence
to export
explosives
I,………………………….,
on behalf of……………………………………………...
apply for
grant of a licence under the Explosives Rules. 1983, to export explosives. The necessary particulars are furnished
below :
Replies to be given
in this
column
|
1. |
Name in which licence is required (see note
below) |
..
.. .. .. |
|
|
2. |
Postal Address. Pin Code
No. Telephone No.
Telegraphic Address Telex |
..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. |
|
|
3. |
Particulars of licence/s granted under the
Explosives Rules, 1983, held by the Applicant
. Licence No.
Situation of premises Licensed capacity Name of Explosives Class Division, if
any Quantity |
..
.. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. For possession and sale of
explosives. ..
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. … |
|
|
4. |
Quantity of explosives to be exported. |
.. .. |
|
|
Name & Description |
Class |
Division, if any |
Quantity |
|
(i) (ii)
(iii)
(iv) (v) |
|
|
|
|
5. |
Name and address of consignee. |
.. ..
.. |
|
|
6 |
Place or port from which explosives will be
exported |
.. …
.. |
|
|
7. |
Name of the ship carrying explosives and
likely date of sailing |
.. ..
.. |
|
|
8. |
Quantity of each explosives to be loaded on
the ship |
.. ..
.. |
|
|
9. |
Transport licence No. held by applicant |
.. ..
.. |
|
|
10. |
(a) Has the applicant been convicted under any offence or
ordered to execute bond under Chapter Vill of the Code of Criminal
Procedure,1973, during the last ten years? (b) If yes give details |
.. ..
… .. .. ..
. .. Yes No |
|
|
11. |
(a) Particulars of other licences under
the Explosives Act, 1884, held by the
applicant during last ten years. (b) Was any licence cancelled/not
renewed (c) If yes,
give details |
.. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Yes No
.. .. .. |
|
|
12. |
Additional information, if any |
.. ..
.. |
|
I certify that the above particulars given
by me are correct.
Date…………….
Signature of applicant………………….
(Authorised
person in case of a company)
Place…………….
Name in full Address………………….
Address
........................................…..
…………………………………….
NOTE.-In case where application is made in the name of a company the
names and addresses of Directors and Partners and the name, address and
specimen signature of person or persons authorised to sign correspondence in
respect of licence applied for should be given on a separate sheet and enclosed
with this application form.
Any change in
the above information should be immediately communicated to the licensing
authority and authority renewing the licence.
FORM 12
[See rule 154 (7)]
Application for grant of a licence
for Public
Display of Firework
I,………………., on
behalf of ………………apply for a licence under the Explosives
Rules, 1983
for possession and use of Public Display Fireworks. The necessary particulars
are given below and required documents are enclosed.
Replies to be
given in this
Column
|
1. |
Name in which licence is required to be
granted (see note below) |
.. ..
.. |
||||
|
2. |
Age (see note below) |
.. .. .. |
||||
|
3. |
Postal Address. Pin
code No. Telephone No.
Telegraphic Address Telex |
.. ..
.. |
||||
|
4. |
Qualification and experience of the
applicant and competent persons employed by him |
.. ..
.. |
||||
|
5. |
Name, qualifications and experience of the
persons supervising the display |
.. ..
.. |
||||
|
6. |
Description and quantity of fireworks to be
used. |
.. |
||||
|
7. |
(a) From whom the fireworks will be
obtained: Name Address Form and Licence No. held Validity of licence
(b)Address and licence No. of the place where fireworks will be stocked |
.. ..
.. .. . .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. … ..
.. .. .. .. |
||||
|
8. |
Description and quantity of fireworks to be
displayed |
|
||||
|
9. |
Time of display and address of the place
where the &display will be held |
.. ..
.. .. .. .. |
||||
|
10. |
(a) Has the applicant been convicted under
any offences or ordered to execute any bond under Chapter Vill of the Code of
Criminal Procedure, 1973, during the last ten years? (b)If yes,
give details? |
. . . |
||||
|
|
|
Yes |
|
No |
||
|
|
|
.. ..
.. |
||||
|
11. |
(a) Particulars of any licence under the
Explosives Act ' 1884, and the rules framed thereunder held by the applicant
during last ten years. (b) Was any licence cancelled/not renewed (c) If yes, give details |
. .
.
|
||||
|
|
|
Yes |
|
No |
||
|
|
|
.. .. .. |
||||
|
12. |
Additional information if any. |
|
||||
I certify that the information
given above is correct.
Date………… Signature of applicant
(Authorised person in case of Company)…………………….
……………………………….
......................................……..
Place………. Name
in full…………………
Address…………………….
NOTE.-(1) In case where application is made
in the name of a company, the names and address of Directors and Partners and
the name, address and specimen signature of person or persons authorised to
sign correspondence in respect of licence applied for should be given on a
separate sheet and enclosed with this application form.
Any change in the above information should be immediately communicated
to the licensing authority and authority renewing the licence.
(2) Age
to be given in case the applicant is an individual.
(3) Separate
sheet may be attached if the space given in the form is not sufficient.
FORM 13
[See rule 166 (4)]
Application for Renewal of licence
From
To:
Dear Sir,
I/we hereby
apply for renewal No …………………in form……………. for the period from ………………to.
………………and furnish the following information-
During the
last two years-
(i) I was/We were-
(a) Not convicted/convicted
and sentenced for following offences
(b) Not ordered/ordered to
execute under Chapter VIII of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, a bond for
keeping peace or for good behavior.
(ii) Licence No……………… in Form
……………………granted under the Explosives Act to me/us were cancelled not/renewed by
the licensing authority.
I/We also
enclosed the following documents-
(i) Licence No…………….. in
Form…………..together with approved plans and schedules.
(ii) Renewal fee of Rs……………….by Cash/P.O. No…………………/Bank draft No.…on……………Bank………….Branch,
drawn in favour of………………………
Signature of Licensee……….
(Authorised person in
case of Company)
....................................................
....................................................
Place: Date
of application……………..
NOTE. -The complete renewal application should reach the renewal authority at
least thirty days, before the expiry date of licence, to avoid payment of late
fees. The licence will expire if no
renewal application is received on or before the expiry date.
FORM 14
[See rule 23 (a) of the Explosive Rules, 19831.
Statement to be submitted to the Chief Controller of
Explosives by an importer on despatch of explosives from the place or port of
loading
Importers
name and address
Import
licence No. granted by Central Government kinds and quantities of explosives
permitted to be imported and date of expiry of licence.
Imported
licence No. granted by Chief Controller under Explosives Rules and date of
expiry of licence.
Name and
address of manufacturer of Explosives
Name and
address of consignor
Place or port
of despatch
Name of
ship/Airlines and date of sailing/ Airlift
Place of port
or import
Likely date
of arrival
_____________________________________________________________
Kinds and
quantities of explosives on the ship/aircraft
______________________________________________________________
Name and Class and Date of Batch No. Quantity No. of packages Division manufacture Description
_______________________________________________________________
Signature of Importer…
(Authorised person in case of company)
Date
………………
Name in full………………………….
Place: Address…………………………….
.................................…………..
__________________
FORM 15
[See rule 23 (b) of the Explosives
Rules, 19831
Importer's Despatch Schedule
*********
This Form
should be filled up as soon as any consignment of explosives is cleared from
the place or port of import and forwarded in triplicate to Chief Controller of
Explosives.
Name and
address of importer
Import
licence No. granted by chief controller and date of expiry of licence
Description
of Explosives
Name And
address of consignor
Quantity of
explosives imported
Place or port
from which explosives were forwarded
Name of ship
or Airlines
Date of
arrival and place or port of import
_____________________________________________________________
Particulars of despatch from place or port of
import
|
Name and address of licensee to whom
explosives were despatched Licence
No. and form |
. Quantity
of explosives despatched Name class Quantity No. of packages |
Batch No. and date of despatch mode of despatch road van Licence No.
if despatched by road |
____________________________________________________________
Signature of importer…………….. (Authorised agent in case of company)
……………………………………
Date…………..
Name in full ………………………. . Address……………………………
....................................................
_______________________________________________________________
FORM 16
[See rule 32 (2)]
Pass granted by the holder of Transport
Licence (Explosives) for
transport of a consignment of
explosives
1. No………………………….
2. This
Pass covers………………………….packages containing following explosives:
|
Name and description (i)
(ii) (iii) (iv) (v)
(vi) |
Class |
Division, if any |
Quantity |
No. of Packages |
Batch Number and date |
While in
transit from………………………… to……………………………..
3. The explosives are being
transported by rail/road Van No having licence No till /Lorry, No /other
non-mechanically propelled vehicle.
4. Name and address of
consignee
5. No. and Form of
Consignee's Licence No.
6. Consignee’s order No.
-and date and quantity of each explosive ordered
7. Consignee's letter No.
and date intimating readiness to receive explosives
8. Date of despatch of
consignment
9. Approximate date on
which consignment should reach in destination
Signature………………
Holder of
Transport
Licence No………
FORM 17
[See rule 156 (1)]
Distance
required to be kept clear around Magazine/Store-house/Factory distance around
the Magazine/Store-house/Factory premises proposed to be licensed for
storage/manufacture of Kg. of explosives to be kept clear* from the
under-mentioned building and works:
_______________________________________________________________
Buildings and
Work Distances required to be Distances actually
kept
clear not less than observed (to be filled
Mounded Unmounded by the applicant),
2(a) 2(b)
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
|
|
Metres |
Metres |
|
|
|
1.
Room or workshop used in connection with the magazine. |
|
|
|
|
|
2. Any other explosives magazine,
storehouse, or factory of the applicant. |
|
|
|
|
|
3.
Magazine office. |
|
|
|
|
|
4. Magazine Keeper's or Chowkidar's dwelling house. |
|
|
|
|
|
5. Railway including mineral and private
Railway. |
|
|
|
|
|
6.
Canal (in active use) or other
navigable water. |
|
|
|
|
|
7.
Dock or Pier or Jetty. |
|
|
|
|
|
8. Public highway or public roads. |
|
|
|
|
|
9. Private road, which is a PRINCIPAL,
means of access to a temple, mosque, church, gurudwara or other places of
worships, hospital, college, school or factory. |
|
|
|
|
|
10. River embankments, sea embankment, or
public well. |
|
|
|
|
|
11.Reservoir or bunded tank/ropeway. |
|
|
|
|
|
12. Dwelling house. |
|
|
|
|
|
13.Govt. & Public building. |
|
|
|
|
|
14.Temple, mosque, gurudwara, church or
other place of worship. |
|
|
|
|
|
15.Shops, market place, public recreation
and sports ground, college, school, hospital, theatre, cinema or other
buildings, where the public are accustomed to assemble. |
|
|
|
|
|
16. Factory. |
|
|
|
|
|
17. Buildings or works used for the storage
in bulk of petroleum, spirit, gas or other inflammable or hazardous
substances. |
|
|
|
|
|
18. Buildings or works used for the storage
and manufacture of explosives or of articles, which contain explosives. |
|
|
|
|
|
19. Aerodrome. |
|
|
|
|
|
20. Furnaces, Kiln or Chimney. |
|
|
|
|
|
21. Quarry or mine pit head |
|
|
|
|
|
22.Powerhouse or electric sub-station. |
|
|
|
|
|
23. Wireless station |
|
|
|
|
|
24. Warehouse or other storage buildings. |
|
|
|
|
|
25. Electric power overheads Transmission
lines above 440 V. |
|
|
|
|
|
26. Electric power overheads Transmission
lines below 440 V. |
|
|
|
|
Certified
that I have personally checked the replies given above and that they are true
statement of the surroundings of the premises.
Signature of
Applicant………………..
(Authorised
person in case of a company)
Date………….
Postal Address……………………….
.......................................……………
*The distance
will be required to be kept clear not merely on the first establishment of the
premises, but during the continuance of the licence.
FORM 18
[See rule 156 (3)]
Distance to
be kept clear around the magazine/factory/store-house during currency of
licence No.() in form …………………………..granted to…………………………….
Distance to
be maintained by the magazine/Factory/store-house.
|
From Every |
Not
less than metres |
|
1. Room or workshop used in connection with the magazine 2. Any other explosive magazine or store of licensee 3. Magazine office 4 Magazine Chowkidars dwelling house 5 Railway Including mineral and private railway 6 Canal (in active use) or other navigable water 7 Dock or Pier or Jetty 8. Public highway or
public roads 9. Private road which is a
principal means of access to a temple, mosque, gurudwara or other places of
worships, hospital, school or factory 10. River embankment or sea embankment or public well 11. Reservoir or bunded tank/ropeway 12. Dwelling-house 13. Government and public building
14. Temple, mosque, gurudwara, church or other places of worship 15.
Shops, market place, public recreation or sports ground, college,
school, hospital, theatre, cinema or other buildings, where the publics are
accustomed to assemble . 16. Factory 17.
Buildings or works used for the storage in bulk of petroleum spirit,
gas or other inflammable or hazardous substances 18. Building or works used
for the storage and manufacture of explosives or articles which contain
explosives 19. Aerodrome 20. Furnace, kiln or chimney 21. Quarry or mine pithead 22. Power-house or electric sub-station 23. Wireless station 24. Ware-house or other-storage buildings 25. Electric power over head Transmission lines above 440 Volts 26. Electric power over-head Transmission lines below 440 Volts |
|
Distance will
be required to be kept clear not merely on the first establishment of the
premises but during the continuance of the-licence..
For Chief
Controller of Explosives
…………………………………
Controller
of explosives
FORM 19
[See rule 155 (1) (b)]
Form of Idemnity Bond
To,
The President
of India,
I/We..................……………..
Carrying on business as manufacturer(s) of fireworks
And/or
gunpowder and having a factory or shop at. …………………………and
Sureties on
his/their behalf hereby jointly an severally agree and undertake that we shall
pay to the President of India, his successors and assigns on demand a sum of Rs
…………for which payment to be well and truely made we bind ourselves, our
respective heirs, executors, administrators and assigns. I/We agree that the aforesaid amount may be
utilised for the payment of compensation awarded to the dependents of such
workers as may die as a result of accidents occurring in the factory or shop
above mentioned and that such compensation amounts shall be a first charge on
the immoveable properties mentioned in the Schedule hereunder and that the
above undertaking shall remain in force until all compensation payable
hereunder have been fully paid and shall be binding upon us, our respective
heirs, executors, administrators and assigns.
We, our
heirs, executors, administrators and assigns jointly and severally undertake to
keep the President of India indemnified against all claims that may be made on
behalf of workers dying as a result of accidents. In case the compensation awarded is paid to the dependents by us
or by our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns the above written bond
shall be void but otherwise it shall remain in full force and virtue.
It is hereby
agreed that the liability of the sureties hereunder shall not be discharged by
reason of time being granted or any other indulgence shown to the Principal(s)
nor shall it be necessary for the President of India to sue the Principal(s)
before suing the sureties for the amounts due hereunder.
(Here full
description of the immoveable properties should be given).
............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................
In witness
whereof these presents have been duly executed on the day of 19
|
Full signature
of licensee |
………………………………………….. |
|
Father's name in
full |
……………………………………………. |
|
Age |
……………………………………………. |
|
Profession.. |
……………………………………………. |
|
Residence |
…………………………………………….. |
|
Full signature
of Surety |
…………………………………………….. |
|
Father's name in
full |
……………………………………………. |
|
Age |
……………
………………………………. |
|
Profession. |
…………………………………………….. |
|
Residence |
…………………………………………….. |
|
Full signature
of surety |
………………………………………………. |
|
Fathers name in
full |
………………………………………………… |
|
Age |
…………………………………………………. |
|
Profession |
…………………………………………………. |
|
Residence |
…………………………………………………. |
|
Station |
…………………………………………………. |
|
Date |
…………………………………………………. |
Executed in my presence
District
Magistrate.
FORM 20
(See rule 155)
[Article 1 (a)-4d) of Sch.
IV]
No.
Fee Rs.
(per year)
Licence is
hereby granted to………………………………………………valid only
for the
manufacture of…………………………………………………… at any one
time per year
at the premises described below subject to the provisions of the Explosives
Act, 1884, as amended from time to time and the rules framed thereunder and to
the conditions of this licence.
This licence
shall remain valid till 31st day of March 19
This licence
is liable to be suspended or revoked for any violation of the Act or rules
framed thereunder or the conditions of this licence or if the licensed premises
are not found conforming to the description shown in the attached plans and
Annexures.
The licensed
premises shown in plan Nos………………………………..
........................................................................................………………..
attached
hereto are situated at……………………………………………
District..........................................................................................………..
and consist
of…………………………………………………………….
Postal
Address of the Licensee……………………………………………
The
………..19…………….
Endorsement for renewal of licence. Controller of Explosives
___________________________________________________________________
Date of
renewal Date of
expiry
Signature of licensing
authority
___________________________________________________________________
(1) (a) Details of construction of mound
,buildings and works connected with the factory are given in Annexure 1
attached to be licence .
(b) The process to be carried out in each building /part of the factory, the limitations as to the description and amount of explosives, ingredients and articles liable to spontaneous ignition or inflammable or otherwise dangerous to be allowed in each building and the maximum number of the persons to be employed in each building are given in Annexure II attached to the licence.
(2) The materials as manufacturing processor the sequence of the operations or the operations carried out in each building or plant and equipments used for the process shall be carried out without prior approval of the licensing authority.
(3) No change in the
manufacturing process or the sequence
of the operations or the operations carried out in each building or plant and equipment used for the process
shall be carried out without prior approval of licensing authority.
(4) No work not directly connected with the manufacture
of explosives as specified in the
process shall be carried on in any part of the factory.
(5) The interior of the compartments of the buildings, in which
explosives handled and the fitting therein (other than machinery shall be so
constructed or so lined and covered or so lined and covered as to prevent or
steel, or the detaching of any grit, iron, steel or manner as to come in
contact with any explosives. The interior of such compartments shall be kept
clean and free from grit.
(6) All the machinery in the factory
premises shall be properly and efficiently.
(7) No additions and
alterations shall be carried out in the licensed premises with out a previous sanction in
writing of the licensing authority.
Such additions and alterations so sanctioned shall be shown in the
amended plan attached to the licence.
(8) If the licensing authority
or a Controller of Explosives calls upon the holder of the licence by
notice in writing to execute any repairs or to make any additions or
alterations to the licensed premises or machinery, tools or apparatus which are
in the opinion of such authority necessary for the safety of the premises or of
the persons working in the factory, the holder of the licence shall execute the
repairs, additions or alterations within the period specified by such
authority.
(9) Before repairs are done
to any building or part thereof in the factory the same shall, as far as
practicable, be cleaned by the removal of all explosives or mixed ingredients
thereof and by thorough washing, and after such cleaning the conditions of this
licence shall cease to apply to such building or part thereof until the
same is again brought into use.
(10) Due provisions shall be
made, by the use of suitable working clothes without pockets, suitable shoes
and by searching or otherwise or by such means, for preventing the introduction
into danger area of the factory premises of fire, lucifer matches or any
substance or article likely to cause explosion or fire, but this condition
shall not prevent the introduction of an artificial light of such construction,
position or character as not to cause any danger of fire or explosion.
(11) The licensee shall keep
records and accounts of all explosives manufactured and of all stocks in hand
in Forms 31 and 32 and exhibit the stock books and records to any of the
officers authorised under rule 179 of the Explosives Rules whenever such
officer may call upon him to do so.
(12) Accidents by fire or
explosion, and losses, shortage or thefts of explosives shall be reported
without delay to the licensing authority and to the officer-in-charge of the
Police Station.
(13) Work in each building
shall be carried out strictly in accordance with the laid down working
instructions and procedures.
(14) The licensee and every
person employed in or about the factory shall take all due precautions for the
prevention of accidents by fire or explosion in the factory and for preventing
unauthorised person from having access to the factory or to the explosives
therein and shall abstain from any act whatsoever which tends to cause fire or
explosion and is not reasonably necessary for the purposes of work in the
factory.
(15) The interior of the
compartments of the building in which explosives are manufactured or handled
and the machinery or fittings therein shall be thoroughly cleaned at the end of
day's work. Sweepings from the compartments of the building in which explosives
are manufactured or handled shall be carefully collected and disposed as per
laid down procedure. The effluent shall be discharged only after proper
treatment as per laid down procedure.
(16) The licensee shall appoint
a qualified and competent person to supervise the manufacture of explosives and
other process and to conduct the operations in accordance with the regulations.
(17) No iron or steel
implements shall be used unless specially authorised by the licensing
authority.
(18) Free access to the
licensed premises shall be given at all times to any inspecting or sampling
officer and all facilities shall be offered to the officer for ascertaining
that the provisions of the Act and Rules and the conditions of this licence are
duly observed.
(19) No workers are to enter or
leave the Factory except by the gates provided for the purpose and workers
shall leave the factory with all reasonable despatch after the expiration of
their working hours.
(20) No worker shall enter any
danger building or part of the facto other than those in which he or she is
employed, except by the orders of the licensee or person incharge.
(21) No person shall enter any
danger building or "clean" area without firs putting on the magazine
boots or shoes provided, and on no account are such boots or shoes to be worn
except in the danger buildings or upon the clean platforms and they are never
on any pretence to be deposited where they are liable to come into contact with
grit.
(22) Every person employed in
any danger building shall before commencing work put on the danger building
clothing provided. No pockets are to be
worn in any clothing whether outer or under clothing .
(23) All fire buckets are to be
kept filled with clean water and ready for use. They are not to be removed from
the positions assigned to them nor used for any but fire purpose. In frostly
weather steps are to be taken by frequent refilling or otherwise to prevent the
formation of ice in the buckets.
(24) All machinery in danger
buildings is to be examined daily and should the plant or machinery in any
danger building appear to be out of order or should anything go wrong with it,
the operation of machine is at once to be stopped.
(25) Before work is commenced
in any danger building all exit doors shall be unlocked and arranged so that
they may be easily pushed open. No exit
door shall be blocked by any table, packing case or other article.
(26) All boxes and packages are
to be lifted and carried and never dragged across the floors. No broken or
defective package of explosive is to be sent out of the factory.
Additional
conditions.
___________________
FORM 21
(See rule 155)
[Articles 2 (a) and 2 (b) of Sch. 114
No …………………. Fees Rs………………… per year
Licence is hereby
granted to………………………………..for possession and sales of explosives at the premises
prescribed below of the quantities of explosives specified in Additional
Condition No subject to the provisions of the Explosives Act, 1884, as amended
and the rules made thereunder and to the conditions of this licence.
This licence
shall remain in force till the 31st day of March, 19
This licence
is liable to be suspended or revoked for any violation of the Act or rules
framed thereunder or the conditions of this licence or if the licensed premises
are not found conforming to the description shown in attached plan.
The licensed
premises are shown on drawing-
(i)
No…………………………………… dated……………………………
(ii) No
…………………………………….dated……………………………
(iii) No…………………………………….dated……………………………
attached hereto and
situated at…………………………………………….
and consist
of………………………………………………………………
Postal
Address of licensee
.............................................................…………
...
............................………………………………………………………
Chief Controller
of Explosives
........................................
The ……………………………….. 19………
Controller of Explosives
Space
for renewal endorsement
___________________________________________________________________
Date of renewal Date of expiry Signature authority
___________________________________________________________________
(1) The quantity of
explosives on the premises at any one time shall not exceed the licensable
capacity.
(2) The magazine/store-house
shall be used only for keeping all explosives specified in additional Condition
No ………………………………...of this licence and of receptacles for, or tools or
implements for work connected with the keeping of Such explosives.
(3) The opening of packages
and the weighing and packing of explosives shall not be carried on in the
magazine/store-house.
(4)(i) Two or more
descriptions or explosives which may be permitted to be kept in the
magazine/store house by additional condition No………………………… shall
be kept only
if they are separated from each other by an intervening partition of such
substance and character, or by such intervening space, as will effectually
prevent explosion or fire in the one communicating with the other.
Provided
that-
(a) The various explosives of
Classes 1(gunpowder) 2(nitrate-mixture), 3(nitro compound) and 4(chlorate
mixture), safety fuses belonging to the lst Division of the 6th (Ammunition)
Class and such of the various explosives of the 2nd Division of the 6th
(Ammunition) Class as do not contain any exposed iron or steel, may be kept
with each other without any intervening partition or space.
(b) The various explosives of
the Ist division of 6th (Ammunition) Class may be kept with each other without
any intervening partition or space;
(c) Such of the various
explosives of the 2nd Division of the 6th (Ammunition) Class as contain, any
exposed iron or steel, may be kept with each other without any intervening
partition or space;
(d) the various explosives of
the 3rd Division of 6th (Ammunition) Class may be kept with each other without
any intervening partition or space;
(e) the various explosives of
the 7th(Fireworks), Class other than those containing chlorate may be kept with
each other without any intervening partition or space.
(ii) Save as
aforesaid, two or more descriptions of explosives shall not be kept in the
magazine/store-house notwithstanding the provisions of Additional Condition
No………………………………………………
(5)(i) Explosives of the 3rd
(Nitro compound) Class shall not be kept in the magazine after the expiration
of one year from the date of their manufacture except with the special sanction
of a Controller of Explosives.
(ii) When such sanction has
been given, a written certificate showing the period covered by the sanction
must be obtained from a Controller of Explosives at each inspection, and must
be kept by the licensee and produced on demand.
(iii) When an explosive owing
to its being not longer of standard purity or owing to signs of liquefaction or
of excluded nitro-glycerine or liquid nitro compound is no longer fit for
storage in the magazine/store-house the licensee shall comply, at his own
expense, with such directions as to its disposal as the Chief Controller or
Controller of Explosives may issue.
(6) The interior of the
magazine/store-house and the benches, shelves and fittings therein, shall be so
constructed or so lined or covered as to prevent the exposure of any iron or
steel and the detaching of grit, iron, steel or similar substances in such
manner as to come into contact with the explosives. Such interior, benches, shelves, and fittings shall so far as is
reasonably practicable, be kept free from grit and otherwise clean; and, in the
case of any explosives liable to be dangerously affected by water, due
precautions shall be taken to exclude water therefrom :
Provided that
so much of this condition as relates to precautions against the exposure of any
iron or steel shall not be obligatory in a building in which no explosive other
than explosive of the lst Division of 6th (Ammunition) Class is kept.
(7) If the lightning
conductor is tested by a Controller of Explosives, the licensee shall pay the
fees prescribed for test. In the event
of the test proving unsatisfactory, the same fees shall be payable by the
licensee for each subsequent test until the lightning conductor is passed by
the testing officer as satisfaction:
Provided that
the fees payable for a single test shall be charged for all tests made on a
conductor during any one day :
Provided
further that where two or more lightning conductors are attached to one and the
same magazine, the fees for the testing of all such conductors shall not exceed
the fee prescribed in this condition, for testing a single lightning conductor.
(8) Due provision shall be
made, by the use of the suitable working clothes. without pockets, suitable
shoes, and by searching or otherwise, or by some such means, for preventing the
introduction into the magazine/store-house of fire, lucifer matches or any
substance; or article likely to cause explosion or fire, or of any grit, iron
or steel; but this condition shall not prevent the introduction of an
artificial light of such construction, position or character as approved by
Chief Controller as not to cause any danger of fire or explosion :
Provided that
so much of this condition as applies to the exclusion of iron or steel, shall
not be obligatory in a building in which no explosive other than an explosive
of the lst Division of the 6th (Ammunition) Class is kept.
(9) The licensee shall keep
records and accounts of all explosives in stock and of all sales of issues in
Forms 32 and 33 in his office and produce the stock-book and records to any
officer authorised under rule 179 whenever such officer may call upon him so to
do.
(10) Any accident and all
losses, shortage of stock and thefts of explosives, shall be reported without
delay to the nearest police station, and the licensing authority.
(1l) Free access to the
licensed premises shall be given at all reasonable times to and inspecting or
sampling officer and every facility shall be given to such officer for
ascertaining that the rules and conditions of the licence are duly observed.
(12) No changes or alterations
shall be carried out to the premises without prior approval of the licensing
authority and the licensee shall comply with any condition that may be
specified by the licensing authority in this behalf.
(13) If the licensing authority
calls upon the holder of the licence by a notice in writing to take any action
which may in the opinion of such authority be necessary for the safety of the
premises or the public, the holder of licence shall take such action within
such period, not being less than one month from the date of receipt of the
notice, as may be fixed by the notice.
(14) Magazine/store-house shall
at all times be kept in state of good repair (or maintained in good
condition).The licensee shall report to licensing authority forthwith, if the
magazine/store-house comes unfit for storage of any explosive for any reason
whatsoever.
(15) The licensee shall submit
at the end of every month a return in Form 36 to the licensing authority as
well as the renewal authority in the Performa prescribed from time to time so
as to reach the above authorities by 10th day of the succeeding month.
(16) Any encroachment of the
safety distance shall be immediately communicated to the licensing authority
for necessary advice and action.
(17) The licensing authority
shall be immediately informed for advice if any explosive is found deteriorated
or unserviceable.
(18) The explosive package
shall be stocked in such a way so as to allow movement of at least one person
to check the condition of all packages stored and to read the manufacture
particulars of each package.
(19) The resistance of the
lightning conductor to earth shall be as low as possible and in no case more
than 10 ohms.
(20) A distance of 15 meters
surrounding the magazine/store-house shall be kept clear of dried grass or bush
or flammable materials.
(21) Every package of explosive
at the time of bringing inside the magazine/store-house shall be examined for
its sound condition.
(22) Not more than four persons
shall be allowed inside the magazine/store house
at any one time.
(23) Empty packages of the
explosives shall be removed at the earliest and destroyed.
Additional
Conditions.
______________________
FORM 22
(See rule 155)
[Articles 3 (a) and 3 (b) of Sch.
No ………………………………….Fees
Rs……………………………… per year
Licence is
hereby granted to ……………………………….. for possession and use of
explosives of
the quantities specified in additional Condition No………………………... …………………. subject to the provisions of Explosives
Act, 1884, as amended and the rules
made thereunder and to the conditions of this licence. The explosives shall be stored at the
premises described below :
The licensed
premises are shown on drawing-----
(i) No…………………………………dated……………………………….
(ii) No………………………..dated……………………………
(iii)
No………………………….dated…………………………..
attached
hereto and situated at………………………………….
and consist
of …………………………………………………..
The licence
shall remain in force till 31st day of March, 19………
………………………………………………………………..
This licence
is liable to be suspended or revoked for any violation of the Act, or rules
framed thereunder or the conditions of this licence or if the licensed premises
are not found conforming to the description as per attached plans.
Postal address of licensee
……. ……… …………..
......... ………… …………..
......... …………. …………..
The…………………………………….19………………………
Controller of Explosives
Space for renewal endorsement
__________________________________________________________________
Date of renewal Date of
expiry Signature of licensing authority
___________________________________________________________________
(1) The quantity of
explosives on the premises at any one time, shall not exceed the licensable
capacity.
(2)
The magazine
shall be used only for keeping all explosives specified in additional condition
No of this licence and of receptacles for, or tools or implements for work
connected with the keeping of such explosive.
(3) The
opening of packages and the weighing and packing of explosives shall not be
carried on in the magazine/store-house.
(4)(1) Two or more descriptions of explosives
which may be permitted to be kept in the magazine/store-house by additional
condition No ................................. shall be kept only if they are
separated from each other by an intervening partition of such substance and
character, or by such intervening space, as will effectually prevent explosion
or fire in the one communicating with the other.
Provided
that-
(a) The various explosives of
Classes 1(gunpowder), 2(nitrate-mixture), 3(nitro-compound) and 4(chlorate
mixture), safety fuses belonging to the lst Division of the 6th (Ammunition)
Class, and such of the various explosives of the 2nd Division of the 6th
(Ammunition) Class as do not contain any exposed iron or steel, may be kept
with each other without any intervening partition or space;
(b) The various explosives of
the Ist Division of the 6th (Ammunition) Class may be kept with each other
without any intervening partition or space;
(c) such of the various
explosives of the 2nd Division of the 6th (Ammunition) Class as contained any
exposed iron and steel, may be kept with each other without any intervening
partition or space;
(d) The various explosives of
3rd Division of the 6th (Ammunition) Class may be kept with each other without
any intervening partition or space.
(e) The various explosive of
the 7th (Fireworks) Class other than 'those containing chlorate may be kept
with each other without any intervening partition or space.
(2) Save as aforesaid, two or
more descriptions of explosives shall not be kept in the magazine/store-house
notwithstanding the provision of additional condition No……………
(3)(a) Explosives of the 3rd
(Nitro-compound) Class shall not be kept in the magazine after the expiration
of one year from the date of their manufacture except with the special sanction
of a Controller of Explosives.
(b) When such sanction has
been given, a written certificate showing the period covered by the sanction
must be obtained from a Controller of Explosives at each inspection, and must
be kept by the licensee and produced on demand.
(5) When an explosive owing
to its being no longer of standard purity or owing to signs of liquefaction or
of excluded nitro-glycerine or liquid nitro compound is no longer for storage
in the magazine/store-house, the licensee shall comply, at his own expense,
with such directions as to its disposal as the Chief Controller or Controller
of Explosives may issue.
(6) The interior of the magazine/store-house
and the benches, shelves and fittings therein, shall be so constructed or so
lined or covered as to prevent the exposure of any iron or steel and the
detaching of grit, iron, steel or similar substances in such manner as to come
into contact with the explosives. Such
interior, benches, shelves and fittings shall so far as is reasonably
practicable, be kept free from grit and otherwise clean; and, in the case of
any explosive liable to be dangerously affected by water, due precautions shall
lie taken to exclude water therefrom:
Provided that
so much of this condition as relates to precautions against the exposure of any
iron and steel shall not be obligatory in a building in which no explosive
other than explosive of the lst Division of 6th (Ammunition) Class is kept.
(7) If the lightning
conductor is tested by a Controller of Explosives, the licensee shall pay the
fees prescribed for such test. In the event of the test proving unsatisfactory,
the same fees shall be payable by the licensee for each subsequent test until
the lightning conductor is passed by the testing officer as satisfactory :
Provided that
the fees payable for a single test shall be charged for all tests made on a
conductor during any one day :
Provided
further that where two or more lightning conductors are attached to one and the
same magazine, the fee for the testing of all such conductors shall not exceed
the fee prescribed in this condition for testing a single lightning conductor.
(8) Due provision shall be
made, by the use of suitable working clothes without pockets, suitable shoes,
and by searching or otherwise, or by some such means for preventing the
introduction into the magazine/store-house of fire, lucifer matches or any
substance, or article likely to cause explosion or fire, or of any grit; iron
or steel but this condition shall not prevent the introduction of an artificial
light of such construction, position or character as not to cause any danger of
fire or explosion :
Provided that
so much of this condition as applies to the exclusion of iron or steel, shall
not be obligatory in a building in which no explosive other than an explosive
of the lst Division of the 6th (Ammunition) Class is kept.
(9) The licensee shall keep
records and accounts of all explosives in stock and used in Forms 32 and 34 in
his office and produce the stock books and records to any officer authorised
under rule 179 whenever such officer may call upon him so to do.
(10) Any accident and all
losses, shortage of stock and thefts of explosives shall be reported without
delay to the nearest police station, and the licensing authority.
(l1) Free access to the
licensed premises shall be given at all reasonable times to and inspecting or
sampling officer and every facility shall be given to such officer For
ascertaining that the rules and conditions of the licence are duly observed.
(12) No changes or alterations
shall be carried out to the premises without prior approval of the licensing
authority and the licensee shall comply with any condition that may be
specified by the licensing authority in this behalf.
(13) If the licensing authority
calls upon the holder of the licence by a notice, in writing to take any action
which may in the opinion of such authority be
necessary for the safety of the premises or the public the holder of
licence shall take such action within such period, not being less than one
month from the date of receipt of the notice, as may be fixed by the notice.
(14) Magazine/store-house shall
at all times be kept in state of good repair (or maintained in good
condition).The licensee shall report to licensing authority forthwith if the
magazine/store-house becomes unfit for storage of any explosive for any reason
whatsoever.
(15) The licensee shall submit
to the licensing authority as well as the renewal authority at the end of every
month a return in Form 36 showing receipts and issue of explosives so as to
reach the above authorities by 10th day of the succeeding month.
(16) Any encroachment of the
safety distance shall be immediately communicated to the licensing authority
for necessary advice and action.
(17) The licensing authority
shall be immediately informed for advice if any explosive is found deteriorated or
unserviceable.
(18) The explosive packages all
be stocked in such a way so as to allow movement of at least one person to
check the condition of all packages stored and to read the manufacture
particulars of each package.
(19) The resistance of the
lightning conductor to earth shall be as low as possible and in no case more
than 10 ohms.
(20) A distance of 15 meters
surrounding the magazine/store-house shall be kept clear of dried grass or bush
or flammable materials.
(21) Every packet of explosive
at the time of bringing inside the magazine shall be examined for its sound
condition.
(22) Not more than four persons
shall be allowed inside the magazine at any
one time.
(23) Empty packages of the
explosives shall be removed at the earliest and destroyed.
(24) The explosives shall not
be used for blasting purposes in the areas not coming within the purview of the
Mines Act, unless the licensee employs a qualified shot-firer holding a
shot-firer's permit granted under the Explosives Rules or the person having
equivalent qualifications as recognized by the Chief Controller.
(25) The licensee and the
shot-firer shall be responsible for preparation of charges, the charging of
holes and the firing of shots and shall take all precautions against fire and
accident involving the explosives.
(26) No smoking or any source
of light or fire shall be allowed in or near the place where explosives charges
are being prepared or kept.
(27) For charging or stemming a
shot hole, no person shall use an iron or steel tools, scraper or tamping rod,
nor shall forcibly press the explosive into a hole of insufficient size. A tamping rod made entirely of wood shall be
used.
(28) Before exploding any
blasting charge, adequate measures shall be taken so as to prevent as far as
possible, the projection of fragments of stone by the explosion of the blasting
charge.
(29) No person shall re-bore or
tamper a hole that has once tamper with empty holes or been charged or attempt
to withdraw a charge either before firing or after a misfire or deepen or
sockets left after blasting.
(30) Before commencing
shot-firing the licensee shall give sufficient warning to the public by an
efficient system of signals and by putting up red flags in th-e danger
zone. He shall see that all persons in
the vicinity have taken proper shelter and shall also take suitable steps to
prevent any person approaching the shot.
(31) The licensee shall warn
the public not to approach the site of blasting operation at least within an
hour after explosion or in the case of an open quarry, not to approach such quarry
within half an hour after explosion.
(32) The number of shots which
explode shall be counted and unless it is certain that all the shots have been
exploded no person shall approach or be permitted to approach the place until
30 minutes after the firing of shots.
(33) In the event of a misfire,
if a relieving hole is to be drilled it shall not be placed within 30 cms. from
the misfired hole. The relieving hole shall run parallel to the misfired hole.
Additional
Conditions
________________________________
FORM 23
(See rule 155)
[Article 5 (a)-(c) of Sch. Iv]
(a) Class 2 and/or Class 3
explosives not exceeding 5 Kgs., electric or ordinary detonators not exceeding
100 numbers and safety fuse not exceeding 200 meters.
OR
(b) Small arms nitro-compound
not exceeding 5 Kgs. (in the State of Kerala).
OR
(c) Gunpowder not exceeding 5
Kgs. and safety fuse not exceeding 50 meters (in the State of Bihar, Kerala and
West Bengal).
No
………………………………………………………………………. Fee l[Rs.10
(free of
charge to cultivators)].
Licence is hereby granted to ………………………………valid only for the possession on the premises described below of the following quantities of explosives for own use subject to the provision of Explosives Act, 1884, as amended and rules framed thereunder and to the conditions of this licence.
This licence shall remain in force
till………………………………………………
(See
note below)
Postal
address of licensee……………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………….
1. Subs. by G.S.R. 511 (E). dated 19th June, 1985, published in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Pt.II,
Sec. 3(i), dated 25th June, 1985, for the
words "free of charge"
(w.e.f. 25th June, 1985).
This licence
is liable to be suspended or revoked for any violation of the Act as amended
from time to time or the rules framed thereunder or the conditions of this
licence or if the licensed premises are not found conforming to the description
as per attached plans.
Description
of the licensed premises.
The licensed
premises shown in plan-
(i) No……………………….dated……………………………
(ii) No……………………….dated……………………………
(iii) No………………………..dated……………………………
attached hereto are situated
at……………………………….
and consist of……………………………………………….
District
Authority
The………………………………….
___________________________________________________________________
Date of
renewal Date of
expiry Signature of licensing
authority
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
NOTE.-The licence if granted as per Cl. (a) of the preamble shall be
granted for a period not exceeding l[three
months].
1. Subs.
by G.S.R. 511 (E), dated 19th June, 1985, published in the Gazette of India,
Extraordinary, Pt. II, Sec. 3 (i), dated 25th June, 1985, for the figures and
word "15 days" (w.e.f. 25th June, 1985).
(1) The explosives shall be kept
in a substantial building constructed of non-flammable materials or in a
fire-proof box as may be approved by the licensing authority, separated from
any-dwelling-house or other building another licensed premises, highway,
street, public thoroughfare or public place by distance of minimum 45 meters
and made and closed so as to prevent unauthorised persons from having access
thereto and to secure it from danger from without.
(2) The interior of the
building or the box as a case may be and all fittings therein shall be so
constructed, covered, or lines, as to prevent the exposure of any iron or
steel, or of any hard or gritty surface or the entry, detaching or accumulating
of any grit, iron, steel or similar substance.
(3) Adequate provision shall
be made for the ventilation and the interior of the building or box shall be
kept scrupulously cleaned.
(4) In case any of the
explosive store is liable to be dangerously effected by water, due precautions
shall be taken to exclude water from the storage place.,
(5) Detonators shall not be
stored along with other explosives. Detonators, if required shall be stored in
a different building or fire-proof box located at a distance of minimum 1.5
meters from the building or box ,where other explosives are stored.
(6) The doors of the building
or the box shall open outwards, and shall be kept clearly closed or locked
except when required to be opened for receipt or issue of explosives or for
other necessary purposes.
(7) All articles or
substances of explosive or highly inflammable nature shall be kept at a safe
distance from the explosives and from any room or part of a building or
fire-proof box containing the explosive, and no person entering such room or
part of building or opening such safe shall have any iron or steel in his
possession or attached to or on his boots or shoes.
(8) No tools, implements,
balance, weights, etc. made of iron or steel shall be kept at any time on the
premises.
(9) All explosives exceeding
0.5 Kg. in quantity shall be kept in a substantial case, bag, canister or
other receptacle made and closed so as to prevent the explosives from escaping.
(10) All losses, shortage of
stock or thefts of explosives shall be reported without delay to the nearest
police station and the licensing authority.
(11) If this licence is granted
as per Cl. (a) of preamble the total quantity of explosives that can be
purchased 2[during the
validity of licence shall not exceed 25Kgs of Class 2 and/or Class 3
explosives, 500 Nos. of detonators and 1000 meters of safety fuse provided that
maximum quantity of explosives that may be kept at any one time shall not
exceed 5 Kgs. of Class- 2 and/or Class 3 explosives, 100 Nos. of detonators and
200 meters of safety fuse].
2. Subs. by Ibid, for certain words (w.e.f 25th
June,1985
(12) The licensee shall at the
time of purchasing explosives have the following particulars endorsed upon his
licence and signed by the person delivering the explosives :
(i) Name and address and
licence No. of the person delivering explosives,
(ii) Name and address of the
person who takes delivery of the explosives purchased;
(iii) The kind and quantities
of explosives purchased;
(iv) The date of
purchase.
(13) Explosives purchased on
the strength of this licence shall not be sold or transferred to any other
person.
(14) Free access to the
licensed premises shall be given at all reasonable times to any inspecting or
sampling officer and all facilities shall be afforded to the officer for
ascertaining that the provisions of the Act and the rules and the conditions of
this licence are duly observed.
(15) The stock of explosives
remaining on expiry of licence shall be intimated to the licensing authority
and the licensee shall comply with the instructions of such authority regarding
disposal of explosives.
(16) The licensee for the
purpose of blasting explosives shall employ a qualified person holding a Shot
Firer's Permit granted under these rules.
(17) Maximum quantity of
explosives that may be kept at any one time shall not exceed.
(i) Gunpowder
(Class 1)………….Kg.
(ii) Small
arms nitro-compound Kg.
(iii) Safety
Fuse Meters
(iv) Nitro-compounds (Class 3) Kg.
(v)
Nitrate Mixtures (Class 2) Kg.
(vi) Detonators Nos.
(18) The licensee may by
filling cartridges, making charge
or otherwise adapt or prepare for use any explosive he is authorised to possess
under this licence provided that-
(a) The total quantity of
explosives on the licensed premises including the workshop in which such
adaptation or preparation is carried on, shall not exceed the quantity the
licensee is authorised to possess;
(b) No work unconnected with such adaptation or preparation shall be carried on in the said workshop while such adaptation or preparation is being carried on;
(c) The said workshop shall
be situated at a distance of meters as shown in plan No dated attached hereto;
(d ) An explosive of one description shall not be converted into an explosive of another description and an explosive shall not be unmade or resolved into its ingredients; and
(e) The licensee shall give notice to the authority which granted his licence that he intends to carry on such adaptation or preparations as is allowed by this licence.
Additional
Conditions.
_________________________
FORM 24
(See rule 155)
(Article 4 of Sch. IV)
l[Licence
to possess and sell small-arms nitro-compound not exceeding 25 Kgs. or
fire-works not exceeding 1000 Kgs. of Class 7, Division 2, Sub-division 1, 100
Kgs. of Class 7, Division 2, Sub-division 2, or gun-powder not exceeding 25
Kgs. and safety fuse not exceeding 10,000 meters].
1. Subs.
by G.S.R. 41 (E), dated 15th January 1988 (w.e.f. 18th January, 1988)
No……………………………….. Fees Rs…………………………… (per year)
Licence is
hereby granted to valid only for the possession and sales at the licensed
premises described below o the quantities of explosives specified in additional
condition No………………….. subject to the provisions of the Explosives Act, 1884, as
amended, and the rules made thereunder and to the conditions of this licence.
This licence shall remain in force till…………………………………………………..
This licence
is liable to be suspended or revoked for any violation o the Act as amended
from time to time or the rules framed thereunder or the conditions of this
licence or if the licensed premises are not found conforming to the description
as per attached plans.
The licensed
premises are situated at as shown in plan-
(i) No……………………dated…………………….
(ii) No…………………….dated……………………
(iii) No……………………..dated………………………..
and consists
of……………………………………………………………….
Postal
address of Licensee....................................................................
.........................……………………………………………………………….
The
………………………………………………………………………
Controller of
Explosives
………………………….
District Authority
Endorsement for renewal
___________________________________________________________________
Date of renewal Date of expiry Signature of licensing authority
___________________________________________________________________
(1) All explosives on the
premises shall be kept in a substantial brick stone or concrete building, which
is closed and secured so as to prevent unauthorised persons from having access
thereto.
(2) The interior of every
building and receptacle used for keeping explosives and the shelves and
fittings therein shall be so constructed or so lined and covered as to prevent
the exposure of any iron or steel, or the detaching of any grit, iron, steel or
similar substance, in such manner as to come into contact with the
explosives. Such interior shelves and
fittings shall, so far as is reasonably practicable, be kept free from grit and
otherwise clean.
(3) The building or
receptacle in which explosive is kept must be used only for the keeping of such
explosive and for no other purpose whatsoever.
(4) Explosives of different
descriptions which may be kept under this licence shall be separated by an
intervening partition of such substance and character; or by such intervening
space, as will effectually prevent explosion or fire in the one communicating
with the other
Provided
that-
(a) Small arms nitro-compound
and safety fuses belonging to the lst Division of the 6th (Ammunition) Class
may be kept with each other without any intervening partition or space;
(b) The various explosives of
the lst Division of 6th (Ammunition) Class may be kept with each other without
intervening partition or space; and
(c) The various explosives of
the 7th (Fireworks) Class other than those containing chlorates may be kept
with each other without any intervening partition or space.
(5) Any quantity exceeding
2.5 Kgs. of an explosive of the lst Division of the 6th (Ammunition) Class or
of the 2nd Division of the 7th (Fireworks) Class and all other explosives
exceeding 0.5 Kg. must be kept in a substantial bag, canister or case
made and closed so as to prevent any explosives from escaping and shall be
otherwise packed and marked in accordance with the requirements of rules 8 and
9 of the Explosives Rules, 1983.
(6) No oil, paints, matches,
lights, any article of a highly flammable or explosive nature or liable to
cause fire or explosion or any acids or similar substances, shall be brought or
kept on the licensed premises.
(7) No tools, implements,
balance, weights, etc. made of iron or steel shall be kept at any time in the
licensed premises, and no person on the licensed premises shall have any iron
or steel in his possession, or attached to or on his boots or shoes.
(8) The licensee shall keep
records and accounts of all stock of explosives in hand and of all sales in
Forms 32 and 33 and shall exhibit his stock and his books and records to any of
the officers authorised under rule 179 of the Explosives Rules whenever such
officer may call upon him so to do.
(9) All sales of explosives
under this licence must be effected on the premises described on the face of
the licence.
(10) All losses, shortages of
stock and thefts of explosives shall be reported without delay to the police
station in whose jurisdiction the licensed premises are situated and to the
licensing authority.
(11) Free access to the
licensed premises shall be given at all reasonable times to any inspecting or
sampling officer and every facility shall be afforded to the officer for
ascertaining that the provisions of the Act and the Rules and the conditions of
this licence are duly observed.
Additional
Conditions.
__________________________
FORM 25
(See rule 155)
[Article 9 of Sch. IV]
No………………….. Fee
Rs…………………………..(per year)
Licence is
hereby granted to………………………………………………..to transport
explosives by
road van as described below subject to the provisions of the Explosives Act,
1884, as amended and the rules made thereunder and to the conditions of this
licence.
This licence
shall remain in force till…………………………………………………
This licence
is liable to be suspended or revoked for any violation of the Act or the Rules
framed thereunder or the conditions of this licence or if the van is not found
conforming to following description-
Description
of road van
Make………………………………………………………………………………….
Registration
No………………………………………………………………………..
Engine
No…………………………………………………………………………….
Chasis
No…………………………………………………………………………….
Description
of other fittings…………………………………………………………….
Approval
Drawing No. and Date………………………………………………………
Quantity of
explosives permitted to carry………………………………………………
Postal
address of licensee……………………………………………………………..
Date…………….
Controller of Explosives
Space for endorsement of renewals
___________________________________________________________________
Date of renewal Date
of expiry Signature and office stamp
of licence
of the licensing authority
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
(1) This
licence is not transferable to any other road van.
(2) No
alterations should be made to the vehicle, its body and other fittings without
approval from the licensing authority.
(3) This
licence or its authenticate copy shall, at all times be kept in the van and
produced on demand by an inspecting officer.
(4) The
road van shall not be used for transport of explosives unless it is in fit
condition and complies with the Explosives Rules, 1983.
(5) The
road van shall not be used for transport of any material other than that
authorised by this licence, unless permitted by licensing authority in writing.
(6) No
smoking and no fire or artificial light or any article capable of causing fire
shall be allowed on the road van.
(7) The
vehicle shall not be used for carrying passengers.
(8) Road
van, while explosives are being loaded or unloaded or transported shall always
be under the charge of competent person who shall be experienced in handling of
explosives aid fully conversant thereunder.
Where the vehicle is not driven by the licence holder, a document signed
by the licensee naming persons authorised to drive and accompany the vehicle
shall be carried in the van and produced on demand to an inspecting officer.
(9) No
explosives unless they are packed in accordance with the Explosives Rules or in
a manner specified by the Chief Controller shall be transported in the road
van.
(10) Detonators
shall not be transported with any other explosives.
(11) Any
breakdown, accident, fire or explosion occurring in or involving the road van,
shall be immediately reported to the licensing authority together with a full
report of such breakdown, accident, fire or explosion. If such accident, fire
or explosion is attended with loss of human life or serious injury to person or
property, a report shall also be made immediately to the nearest police
station.
(12) The
explosives shall be loaded into the van only at the licensed premises of
consignor and unloaded from the van at the licensed premises of the consignee.
(13) The
licensee shall maintain account of explosives transported in Form 35 and
present the same on demand by an inspecting officer.
Additional Conditions.
___________________
FORM 26
(See rule 155)
(Art. 8 of Sch.
IV)
No……………………… Fees Rs (per year)
Licence is hereby granted to transport
following explosive:
|
Sl. No. |
Name |
Class |
Division |
|
|
|
|
|
From the
premises licensed in Form…………………………………………….bearing
licence
No……………………..situated at…………………………….to places specified below subject to the
provisions of the Explosives Act, 1884, as amended and the rules made
thereunder and to the conditions of this licence.
Places of
destination-
|
Sl. No. |
Place |
District |
State |
|
|
|
|
|
This licence
shall remain in force till 31st day of March, 19……………………………
This licence
is liable to be suspended or revoked on any violation of the Act or Rules
framed thereunder or conditions of the licence.
Postal
address of the licensee…………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………….
Controller of
Explosives
___________________________________________________________________
Space for renewal endorsement
___________________________________________________________________
Date of renewal
Date of expiry Signature of licensing authority
(1) This licence becomes void
on the expiration of the terms mentioned therein or if a consignment breaks
before reaching the place of destination or if the explosive is taken from or
to any place other than places mentioned in the licence.
(2) The licensee shall
transport only such explosives as he is authorised to possess under the Act and
the Rules framed thereunder.
(3) The quantity of
explosives despatched to any consignee shall not exceed the quantity, which
such consignee is entitled to possess under a licence granted under these
rules.
(4) Each consignment of explosives shall be covered by a pass in
Form 16 and that (when the explosives are transported by rail) such pass shall
be attached to the way bill or the invoice as the case may be.
(5) A copy of each pass
issued for each consignment shall be sent to-
(i) Licensing authority;
(ii) Controller of Explosives
in whose jurisdiction the premises to which the con signment is sent. is
situated; and
(iii) The Controller of Explosives in whose jurisdiction the premises from which the explosives are sent, is situated.
(6) Any loss, shortage or
theft of explosives in transit shall be reported without delay to the licensing
authority and to the police station and to the Controller of Explosives in
whose jurisdiction the loss, shortage or theft is discovered.
(7) The explosives shall be
packed and marked in accordance with rules 8 and 9 of the Explosives Rules.
Additional
Conditions
_____________________
FORM 27
(See rule 155)
(Art. 6 of Sch. IV
Licence to Import Explosives
otherwise than by land
No …………………………… Fee Rs……………….
Licence is
hereby granted to ……………………………………import by sea/air at
any one time
explosives of the description given below at the port of .......... for
consignment to persons mentioned below subject to the provisions of the
Explosives Act 1884 and the rules made there under and to the conditions on the
back this licence.
This licence
shall remain in force till the
This licence
is liable to be suspended or revoked for any violation of the Act as amended or
the rules framed thereunder or the conditions of this licence.
Postal
address of licensee
......................................................................................................
The
………………………………….19……………..
Chief
Controller of Explosives
........................................
Description
of Explosives and Consignee
|
Name of
explosives Class and Division |
Weight |
No. of package |
Consignee's name
and address to whom explosives will be from place of import |
Licence No. of
the magazine/store house of the consignee |
Remarks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) No explosives other than
those permitted under this licence shall be imported.
(2) The quantity of
explosives imported shall not exceed that authorised by this licence.
(3) All
explosives imported under this licence shall be packed and marked in accordance
with rules 8 and 9 of the Explosives Rules, 1983.
(4) No
ship or boat or aircraft containing explosive imported on the strength of this
licence shall bring to or more and no such explosive shall be unloaded or
transhipped from any ship or boat or aircraft except at the port authorised by
this licence.
(5) The
licensee shall comply with all the rules and regulations in force at the port
of import mentioned in this licence.
(6) The
owner and master of the ship or boat or aircraft in which explosives are
imported on the strength of this licence, shall, if and when required by an
inspecting authority or the customs authority having jurisdiction over the
place of importation, allow such inspector or officer to take for examination
samples of any explosive so imported.
(7) As soon as the explosive
has been cleared from the place/port and despatched to the magazine/store-house
for storage, the licensee shall complete the importer's transmission schedule
in Form 15 and forward it to the Chief Controller.
(8) The explosive shall be
despatched to the various consignees mentioned in the licence directly from the
port and the licensee shall make prior arrangements to ensure that there is no
hold up of explosives at any place.
(9) The imported explosives
if of Class 3 or Class 4 shall not be unloaded from the ship or boat unless
such explosives have been tested and permission to unload given by the Chief
Controller of Explosives authorised for the purpose.
Additional
Conditions.
FORM 28
(See rule 155)
(Article 7 of Sch. IV)
Licence to Export Explosives otherwise than by land
No…………………. Fee Rs………..
Licence is
hereby granted to……………………to export by sea/air explosives of
The
description given below from the port of………………to persons mentioned
below subject
to the provisions of Explosives Act, 1884, and the Rules made thereunder and to
the conditions of this licence.
This licence
shall remain in force till the……………………………………..
This licence
is liable to be suspended or revoked at any time for violation of the Act or
Rules framed thereunder or the conditions of this licence.
Postal
address of licensee……………………………………………………………
....................................................................................................……………….
The…………………………..
19………………
Chief Controller of
Explosives
Description
of Explosives and Consignee
|
Name of
explosives Class and Division |
Weight |
Number of
packages |
Consignee's name
and Address |
Remarks |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
(1) No explosives other than
those permitted under this licence shall be exported.
(2) The quantity of
explosives exported shall not exceed that authorised by this licence.
(3) The explosives shall be
packed in accordance with Explosives Rules, 1983 and the packages marked
accordingly. The packages shall be safe for transport.
(4) The explosives shall be
exported only from the place specified in this licence.
(5) The licensee shall comply
with all the rules and regulations in force at the port or place of export
mentioned in this licence.
(6) The explosives shall be
brought to the port or place of export only after the ship or aircraft is
ready.
Additional
Conditions.
___________________-
FORM 29
(See rule 155)
(Article 10 of Sch. IV)
Licence to possess and use Public Display Fireworks
Licence No
……………….. Fee
Rs………..
Licence is
hereby granted to……………… only for possession of. …………Kgs. of fireworks at
premises described below and for making public display at the premises
mentioned below subject to the provisions of Explosives Act, 1884, as amended
from time to time and the rules made thereunder and to the conditions of this
licence.
This licence
shall remain in force till………………………………..
This licence
is liable to be suspended or revoked for violation of the Act or Rules framed
thereunder or conditions of the licence or if the licensed premises are not
found conforming to description as per attached plans.
Description
of Premises
The premises
to be used for public display fireworks are situated at………………..
as shown in
plan No…………………. dated ……………………attached herewith.
The premises
of storage of fireworks are situated at …………………………….. dated……………………………….
attached herewith.
Postal
address of licensee……………………………………………………………
....................................................................................................……………….
Date…………..
Controller of
Explosives
(1) The licensee shall, at
least seven clear days (exclusive of Sunday and public holidays) before the
holding of a public fireworks display by him or under his authority or
supervision shall notify the licensing authority :
(a) Time and place at which
the public display is to be held;
(b) The types of public
display fireworks to be used in the display;
(c) The name, address and
licence number of every person from whom these fireworks have been or are to be
obtained for use in display;
(d) Name and address of every
person who will be supervising the display or assisting the licensee to supervise
the display; and
(e) Full details of the experience which every person other than licensee, whose name is notified in para. (d) above has had in the conduct or supervision of public fireworks display and the use of public display fireworks.
(2) The fireworks shall be
stored and displayed only at the places shown in the plan attached with the
licence.
(3) A minimum distance as
specified in additional condition No............ shall be maintained between
the spectators and the area where the display is carried out.
(4) Only authorised fireworks
shall be used. Such fireworks shall be
purchased directly from persons holding proper valid licence granted to
manufacture such fireworks.
(5) No display of fireworks
should be carried out when the wind velocity exceeds 50 ' kilometers per hour
or the control over spectators has been lost.
(6) Only minimum persons
should be employed for making and display of fireworks the site should be
constantly supervised and the persons employed should wear protective
clothings, ear defenders, safety glasses and other protective devices.
(7) Once fireworks have been taken to the site, the site must not be
left unattended or unprotected.
(8) No fireworks shall be
ignited inside of or closer than 15 metres of any tent, trailer, canvas shelter
of motor vehicle.
(9) No fireworks shall be
ignited within 200 metres of any place where explosives, any flammable
substance or other hazardous substances are stored.
10) No fireworks shall be set
off within 200 metres of a hospital, nursing home, schools or temples unless
consent from local authorities and the owner or its agent is obtained.
(11) Adequate firefighting
equipment to cope up with any fire, which can be reasonably anticipated, shall
be provided. The type and quantity of
first-aid and other fire-fighting equipment shall be determined in conjunction
with the firefighting authorities.
(12) After the display, waste
and duds, etc. shall be carefully collected and removed from the site and
destroyed by burning under proper supervision.
(13) The licensee shall follow
the provisions of Act and Rules made thereunder as otherwise applicable.
(14) No electrical wire shall
be allowed within 10 metres of the area where the fireworks are laid down.
(15) The mortars must be buried
half their length in the ground and tilted of by 100 to 150
and pointed away from the spectators. The mortars of the same size should be
grouped and spaced not less than 50 centimeters apart. Groups of different size mortars should be
placed at least 10 meters apart, the mortars or their frames should be securely
anchored to the ground.
(16) Before starting the
display the supervisor must check to ensure that the fireworks are exploding
over a zone free of people and that debris are also falling in that area. If not the firing must be stopped till
necessary corrections are made.
(17) No matches, lights or any
article of flammable or hazardous nature liable to cause fire or explosion
shall be brought or kept in the licensed premises.
(18) No tools, implements, etc.
made of iron or steel shall be kept at any time in the premises and no person
on the licensed premises shall have any iron or steel in his possession or
attached to or on his boots or shoes.
(19) The licensee shall keep
records and accounts of all fireworks received, used and stock on hand.
(20) The licensee shall follow
the local bye-laws at the place of storage and display and obtain necessary
permission whenever required.
(21) The kinds and quantities
of explosives remaining after the expiry of licence shall be intimated to the
licensing authority and the licensee shall abide by the instruction of such
authority regarding disposal of explosives.
(22) If the licensing authority
directs the licensee by notice in writing to make any additions/alterations
which, in the opinion of such authority, is considered necessary for the safety
of the premises or of the person working therein or the spectators the licensee
shall execute such additions/alterations within such period as may be specified.
(23) Accidents by fire or
explosion and losses, shortage or theft of explosives shall be immediately
reported to the nearest police station and the licensing authority.
(24) Free access to the
licensed premises shall be given at all reasonable times to any inspecting or
sampling officer and every facility shall be afforded to the officer for
ascertaining that the provisions of the Act and the Rules and the conditions of
this licence are duly observed.
Additional
Conditions.
___________________
FORM 30
(See rule 144)
(Department of Explosives)
No……………………………………………………………
This is to
certify that Shri ……………………………………………………..born
On………………………………………………………………………………….
passed the
shot-firer's examination held on…………………………………… passed
the……………………………………………………………………………
(Name of
Examination)
examination
held in…………………………………………………………………..
(month and
year of examination)
by…………………………………………………………………………………….
(authority
conducting examination)
and is
authorised to conduct blasting operations using explosive in areas other than
mines coming under the purview of the Indian Mines Act, 1952, subject to the
provisions of Explosives Act, 1884, as amended and the rules framed thereunder.
Place:
Controller
of Explosives
Date:
FORM 31
(See rule 112)
Form of account to be maintained
by a licensee
Accounts of Explosives
Manufactured
NOTE. -This record should be kept up-to-date.
Licence No………………………in Form…………. of Explosives Rules, 1983.
|
1. Date and shift No. |
|
2. Brand Name of
explosives |
|
3. Class and
Division |
|
4. Dimensions of finished products |
|
5. Batch Nos. |
|
6. Quantity
manufactured |
|
7. Date of test |
|
8. No. of packages |
|
9. Magazine/
Store House Licence No. to which the explosives sent |
|
10.Remarks |
|
11.Signature of
person incharge/ licence |
FORM 32
(See rule 119)
Account of Receipt of Explosives
NOTE. -This record should be kept up-to-date. Entries should be made daily as and when explosives are received.
Licence
No…………………….. in Form…………….. of Explosives Rules, 1983 .
___________________________________________________________________
|
Date |
Description
of Explosives |
Opening balance |
Explosive received by
licensee |
Quantity |
Batch No. |
Name address$ licence No. of
supplier |
Mode of transport and road
van licence
No. if transported
by road |
Pass No. |
Closing balance |
Remark |
Sign. of licence person-in-charge |
FORM 33
(See rule 119)
Form of account to be maintained
by licensee
NOTE.-This record should be kept up-to-date. Entries should be made
daily as and when explosives are sold.
Licence
No……………………. in Form………………..of Explosives Rules, 1983.
|
Date |
Description of explosive |
Opening Balance |
Explosives
sold by licensee |
|
|
Name Class
Division |
|
Name
Class Division |
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8
_______________________________________________________________________
|
9.Quantity |
Batch No. and
date |
Name, Address
and licence No. of person to whom explosives are sold |
Mode of transport
and road van licence No. if transported by road |
Pass No. |
Closing Balance |
Remarks |
Signature of
licensee/person-in-charge |
(See rule 119)
Form of account to be maintained
by licensee
NOTE.- This record should be kept up-to-date. The entries should be made daily and as soon as explosives are
issued for use or unused explosives, returned.
Licence No…………………….. in Form…………….. of Explosives Rules, 1983.
Description of explosives issued Name Class Division |
Description of Explosives used Name Class Division |
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
___________________________________________________________________
|
Quantity
used |
Description
of explosives returned
Name Class Division |
Qty. Returned |
Sign. of
Shot firer of Mag- in-charge. |
Remarks |
|
11 |
12 13 14 |
15 |
16 |
17 |
FORM 35
(See condition 13 of licence Form 25)
Form of account to be maintained by a licensee Account of Explosives transported by road van
NOTE. - This record should be kept
up-to-date.
Licence No………………………. in Form 25 of Explosives
Rules, 1983
|
Date |
Name,
address and licence No. of the consignor |
Place of
loading |
Description
of explosives Name Class division. |
Batch No.
and date of manufacture |
Qty |
transported
|
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 5 6 |
7 |
|
8 |
|
Pass No |
Signature
of the consignor |
Name,
address and licence of the consignee |
Place of
unloading |
Date
unloading of explosives |
Signature
of consignee |
Remarks |
|
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
FORM 36
(See condition 15 of licence Forms 21 and 22)
Received, Used, Sold, Destroyed and stolen during the month………………………
From the Explosives Magazine/Store
House of…………………………………….
Situated at…………………………………District………………………………….
Name of Explosives Class and Quantity . Division
1. Licence No………………………..in Form……………………………………..
of Explosives Rules,
1983.
2. Opening Balance on the
lst day of the month
3.
Account of Explosives
4.
|
Date |
Name of Class
Explosives |
Quantity |
Particulars of Explosives
Received Name of Class and
Quantity Name, address Pass
and
and Licence Explosives Division No. of suppliers from
whom explosives. were received. |
Road Van Lic. No |
|
1 |
2 3 4 |
5 6 7
8 9 10 |
||
|
Date |
Used Name of Class and Qty explosive Division |
Sold Name of Class and Qty explosives Division |
Name, address
and Lic. No. of person to whom explosives were sold |
Pass No. |
Road Van Lic.
No. |
|
11 |
12 13 14 |
15 16 17 |
18 |
19 |
20 |
|
1. 2. 3. 4 |
|
|
|
|
|
4. Total quantity of each
kinds of explosives used/sold. during the month.
|
Name of
Explosives |
Used Class and Quantity Division |
Name of Explosives |
Sold Class and Division |
Quantity |
|
1 |
2 3 4 |
5 |
6 |
|
|
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. |
|
|
|
|
5. Particulars of explosives destroyed
receiving during the month.
|
Date |
Name of
Explosives |
Class and
division |
Quantity |
Reason for
destruction |
Authority under
which destruction was done |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
|
1. 2. 3.
4. 5. |
|
|
|
|
|
6. Particulars of
explosive stolen/ short received during transit.
|
Date |
Name of
explosives |
Class and
division |
Quantity |
Whether
theft/loss reported to police and Department of Explosives, if so, give
reference |
Remarks |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
|
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. |
|
|
|
|
|
_________________________
FORM 37
To,
……………………..
…………………….
…………………….
Dear Sir,
Kindly supply the following quantities of explosives to me/us:
|
Sl No |
Name |
Class and Division |
Quantity |
|
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. |
|
|
|
I/we hold a
licence No…………………………..in form…………………………
Of Explosives
Rules, 1983, for possession/sale/use of following quantities of explosives.
|
Sl. |
Name |
Class and
Division |
Quantity |
|
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. |
|
|
|
The
above-mentioned licence is valid till………………………………………….
*The licence
is sent herewith for necessary endorsement as required under sub-rule (3) of
rule 141 of Explosives Rules, f983. The
licence may please be returned after the endorsement.
*The
explosives may please be handed over to my/our-authorised representative whose
signatures are attested below:
Signature of
authorised Agent
Attested
Signature of
Licensee. Yours Faithfully,
LICENSEE
.
DESIGNATION
Copy
forwarded to the Controller of Explosives…………………………………….
_________________________________________________________________
*Strike out
whichever is not applicable.
_____________________
FORM38
(See rule 155)
[Article 1 (d) of Sch. iv]
Licence to
manufacture ANFO Explosives at site
No………………………………Fee Rs per
Licence is
hereby granted to……………………………valid only for the manufacture of…………………………….
Kilograms of non-cap-sensitive explosives consisting of Ammonium Nitrate or
impregnated with mineral oil at any time at the premises described below
subject to the provisions of the
explosives Act, 1884, as amended from time to time and the rules framed and to
the conditions of this licence.
This licence
shall remain valid till 31st day of March ' 19…………..
This licence
is liable to be suspended or revoked for any violation of the Act or the rules
framed thereunder or the conditions of this licence or if the licensed premises
are not found conforming to the description shown in the attached plans.
The licensed
premises shown in plan No………………………………….attached
hereto are situated
at………………….district…………………………………and
consist of……………………………………..
Postal
Address of the licensee……………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………..
The……………………………………………………..Controller
of Explosives
Endorsement for renewal of licence
Date of
renewal Date of
expiry Signature of licensing
the authority
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
CONDITIONS
1. The explosives shall be
manufactured in a lightly constructed shed observing at all times the safety
distances specified in the approved plan attached hereto.
2. The shed shall have a
smooth-cemented platform standing at least 30 cms. above the surrounding
ground. The floor shall be surrounded
by a brick wall at least 1 meter high with opening for entrance and exit on
opposite sides.
3. The manufacturing shed
and the area within 9 metres thereof shall be surrounded by a fencing not less
than 2 meters high. The entire area so
fenced off shall be kept free from rubbish, dry grass, empty bags or other
combustible materials.
4. The process of
manufacture shall consist of mixing or impregnation of ammonium nitrate with
mineral oil. For the purpose of this
condition mineral oil shall be deemed to include liquid derivatives of
petroleum, coal or shell with a flash point not below 38 degrees centigrade.
5. The mixing or impregnation
referred to in condition 4 shall be done in the manufacturing shed either by
hand in an aluminium or internally aluminium lined wooden vessel or by a
machine which has been approved, in writing, by the Chief Controller of
Explosives.
6. The explosives shall be
manufactured under the immediate supervision of a qualified responsible person
appointed in writing by the licensee.
7. The licensee shall
abstain from any act whatsoever which tends to cause f ire or explosion and
shall take all due precautions to prevent
(i) Contamination of the explosive or its ingredients with grit or any extraneous matter, which is likely to increase the sensitivity of the explosive or adversely affect its characteristics;
(ii) Unauthorised persons
having access to the place or places of manufacture, charging or handling of
explosives or within 9 metres thereof.
8. Ingredients in excess of
the quantity required for immediate use shall not be kept in the place where
the explosive is manufactured or within 9 metres thereof.
9. No smoking, naked
lights, matches or articles capable of producing sparks or ignition shall be
allowed in the place or places where the explosive is manufactured, handled or
used or within 9 metres thereof.
10. Explosive shall be
manufactured in quantities required for immediate use.
11. The total quantity of
explosives together with the quantity of its ingredients kept in the licensed
premises shall not at any one time exceed the licensed quantity. -
12 Explosive manufactured
under this licence shall be tested at regular intervals to determine its
cap-sensitivity. Any explosive. which
on test indicates cap-sensitivity shall be forthwith packed in an inner
package, which is of such Strength as to prevent to escape of the explosive or
oil and may be of polythene. The outer package shall be of wood, solid
fibreboard or aluminium. Such explosives and the licensing authority informed
in writing for instructions regarding disposal thereof. For the purpose of this
condition one cartridge or bag of explosive shall be placed on an isolated soft
ground, an electric detonator inserted into it and fried by a qualified
shot-firer observing all due precautions. Formation of a crater on the ground
below the cartridge or bag so fired shall be taken to indicate that the
explosive is cap-sensitive.
13. All spillage of explosive
shall be collected and destroyed at a safe place away from the licensed
premises under the supervision of experienced person.
14 All containers and mixers
used for manufacturing the explosive shall after use be thoroughly cleaned with
suitable detergent solution and washed with water.
15. All
denominators, priming cartridges, detonating fuse and other initiating
explosives shall be stored in a magazine licensed for the purpose.
16. The
licence may fill into cartridges the explosives he is authorised under this
licence provided. -----
(i) Such cartridge area filled only at the place marked in the approved plan attached thereof;
(ii)
The explosive
is not unmade or resolved into its ingredients;
(iii)
No smoking,
naked light, matches or any article capable of producing spark of ignition is
allowed at the place where such cartridges are filled or within 9 meters
thereof.
17. No additions or
alterations shall be carried out in the licensed premises without the previous sanction in writing of
the licensing authority. such additions or alterations so sanctioned shall be shown on the amended plan to be attached to this licence.
18. Free access to the
licenced premises shall be given at all times to any officer authorised under
rule 179 of the Explosives Rules, 1983 and every facility shall be afforded to
such officer for ascertaining that the provision of act Rules and conditions
are fully observed.
19.
Accidents by
fire or explosion shall immediately be reported to the nearest police station,
the Director general of mines safety and to the licensing authority.
20 A Record and account of
explosives manufactured under this licence and used shall be kept and the books
and records shall be exhibited to any
officer authorised under rule 179 of the Explosives Rules, 1983, whenever such
officer may call upon the licence to do so.
21
The licensee
shall submit at the end of every month a return showing the quantity of ANFO
Explosives manufactured and used during the month to the licensing authority as
wall as to renewal authority so as to reach above authorities.
Additional
Conditions.
________________________
FORM 39
(SEE RULE 155)
[article 1(c) of sch. IV]
LICENCE TO MANUFACTURE, PPOSSESS AND SELL/USE LIQUID
OXYGEN EXPLOSIVES
No…………………..
Fee Rs…………………… per year
Licence is
hereby granted to……………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………..
valid only
for the manufacture of……………………Kilograms of liquid oxygen Explosives at any and
possess, sell/use the same at the premises described below subject to the
provisions of the Explosives Act, 1884 as amended from time to time and the
rules framed thereunder and th conditions of this licence.
This licence
shall remain valid till 31st day of March, 19………………………
The licence
is liable to be suspended or revoked for any of the violation o the Act or
Rules framed thereunder or the conditions of this licence or if the licensed
premises are not found conforming to the description shown in the attached
plan.
The licensed
premises are shown in plan No…………………………………………
...............................
attached hereto and are situated at…………………………….
................................
District ………………………………State………………….
. ...................... and consist of ...……………………………………………… postal
address of the licensee…………………………………………………………
................................…………………………………………………………………
The……………………. Chief Controller of
Explosives
Endorsement for
renewal of the licence
___________________________________________________________________
Date of
renewal Date of expiry Signature of the licensing authority
___________________________________________________________________
1. The
explosives shall be manufactured only in the premises licensed for the purpose
as shown in the plan attached hereto.
2. The manufacturing
premises shall maintain at all times the safe distances prescribed in
additional condition No……………………………………
3. The process of
manufacture of the explosive shall consist in impregnating cartridges with
liquid oxygen in vessels of a design approved the Chief Controller of
Explosives and shall be carried out by or under the immediate supervision of an
experienced responsible person appointed writing for the purpose by the
licensee. Manufacture shall only be
carried o between sunrise and sunset.
4. Insulated approved
soaking vessels shall be mounted rigidly pneumatic tyred tractors having
pneumatic/hydraulic brakes operate simultaneously with the brakes of the
tractor unit and that the hitching shall allow movement around an axis but no
lateral movement. The exhaust of
tractor shall be covered by an efficient spark arrestor and shall be pointed in
forward and downward direction.
Tractors/vehicles with the articulated trailers shall be of a type
approved in writing by the Chief Controller of Explosives.
5. The said cartridges
shall contain materials as approved by the Chief Controller of Explosives.
6. The ingredients, i.e.
cartridges and liquid oxygen until brought for soaking shall be stored
separately.
7.
Not more than four
persons shall be allowed at any one time in premises in which the explosive is
being manufactured and only persons actually employed in manufacturing and
superintending manufacture shall within the licensed premises.
SCHEDULE
(See rules 31 and 36)
Explosives permitted to be imported and
transported by air
|
Sl No. |
Name and
description |
. Class |
Division |
Quantity
permitted in No Passenger
Cargo Aircraft Aircraft. |
|
1. 2. 3. |
*Aero plane
flares Amorce Chinese Crackers |
7 7 |
2 2 |
______ 25 Kgs. ______ |
95 Kgs. 70 Kgs. 95 Kgs. |
*The item can
be transported by air as and when included in list of Authorised Explosives.
|
SI. No. |
Name and
description |
Class Aircraft |
Division |
Quantity permitted inPassenger Cargo
Aircraft |
|
|
4. |
Detonating Fuse |
6 |
2 |
25 Kgs, |
140 Kgs. |
|
5. |
Roman candles |
7 |
2 |
25 Kgs. |
95 Kgs. |
|
6. |
Safety Fuse |
6 |
1 |
25 Kgs |
140 Kgs |
|
7 |
Ship Distress
Signal |
.7 |
2 |
________ |
95 Kgs |
|
8. |
Smoke Candles |
|
|
25 Kgs |
95 Kgs. |
|
9. |
Sparklers |
7 |
2 |
25 Kgs |
95Kgs. |
|
10 |
*Squiba Electric |
|
|
25 Kgs |
70 Kgs. |
|
11. |
(Aluminium or
magne siuim) Torches |
7 |
2 |
25 Kgs |
95 Kgs. |
|
12. |
Very Signal
Cartridges |
7 |
2 |
25 Kgs. |
45 Kgs. |
|
13. |
Wheels |
7 |
2 |
25 Kgs |
95 Kgs. |
*This item
can be transported by air as and when included in list of Authorised
Explosives.
SCHEDULE VII
The
specifications laid down in this Schedule are for general guidance only. Approval of the Chief Controller should be
obtained separately for each case.
Specification
for a road van for carriage of explosives only.
(1) Air space between body
and cab. - A clear space of at least fifteen centimetres shall be left between
the body and cab.
(2) Driver’s cab. - The cab
shall be fitted and covered externally with 0.914 mm. aluminium sheeting. The
wood if used shall be treated as to render it uninflammable.
(3) Cab-Doors shall be fitted
having windows of non-splinter type glass.
(4) Wind Screen. - A substantially framed windscreen shall be fitted
with the portion in front of the driver's seat pivoted on strong brass
quadrants for opening.
(5) Fuel Tank.- The fuel tank
(petrol) shall be in front of the fire screen described under item (11)
below. It should be so located as to
minimise the possibility of its being damaged should the vehicle be involved in
an accident. Stone guards should be
provided if required by approving authority.
(6) Fuel cut-off.- A quick
acting cut-off (for petrol lines) shall be fitted on the feed pipe in an easily
accessible position and shall be capable of being operated without the necessity
of lifting the bonnet and shall be so located as not to be involved in a fire
in the engine.
(7) Exhaust pipe and Spark
Arrestor. - The whole of the Spark Arrestor and exhaust piping shall be in
front of the fire screen described in item 11.
(8) Fire Extinguisher. - Two
chemical fire extinguishers of minimum 2 Kgs. shall be provided. The fire extinguisher should be capable of
dealing with petroleum fire.
(9) Self-Starter. - A
self-starter shall be provided.
(10) Lighting. - Electric head,
side and tail lamps shall be provided and shall be operated from the
dashboard. All electric wirings and
battery cables shall be fully enclosed and maintained in good operating
condition.
.
(11) Fire Screen. - Shall
consist of one ply asbestos and 18 guage steel sheets fitted to the whole of
the driver's cab and extending to within 300 mm. of the ground. The part extending from bottom of the cab to
within 390 mm. of the ground shall be carried on an iron angle frame of light
construction.
(12) Body, - A body conforming
to the second part of this specification shall be fitted.
(13) Spare wheels. - One spare
wheel inclusive of outer cover and inner tube shall be carried for each size of
wheel on the chassis.
(14) Painting and Markings. -
Body and cab shall be painted, marked, and lined with a colour approved by the
licensing authority. The van should be
painted with aluminium or white paint. The letter should be written prominently
on the sides and rear of the van. The
name and address of the licensee and the licence number should be written in
small letters on one side. Vehicles holding inter-State/national permits shall
be painted as per directions of Road Transport Authority. However, another
circle of 60 cms. diameter in red colour should be painted on one of the flaps
of rear door of van with letter 'E inscribed in the circle.
(15) Total maximum load.- The
total maximum load for a vehicle shall be equal to or exceed gross vehicle
weight rating.
(16) Inspection.- The whole of
the work shall be to the satisfaction of the licensing authority who shall have
free access at any time to the workshop fabricating the body and who may reject
any material or workmanship which does not comply with this specification.
(1) The body framing is to be
constructed of best-selected teak thoroughly seasoned and free from all
defects. All joints are to be morticed
and tenoned or half checked, depending upon their position in the structure,
and securely fixed with screws. The
joints are to be coated with white lead before assembly. All parts of the framing, which will be in
contact with the outer metal panelling, are also to be thoroughly coated with
which lead before panelling is fixed thereto.
Iron plates, knees, etc. may be used for stiffening the framing where they
are considered necessary, but no such iron work must be exposed in the interior
of the completed van body.
(2) Flooring. - This is to be
constructed of teak boarding tongued and grooved 22.2 mm. thick and about 152.4
mm. or 177.8 mm. in width. It is to be
recessed into the soleplate of the van body and below it is to be fixed a sheet
of -914 mm. (20 S.W.D.) aluminium sheet.
The flooring is to be supported by bearers about 28.6 mm. thick by 50.8
mm. wide, fitted between the soleplate and screwed on the top of the
cross-members of the chassis frame.
The sill of
the doorway has to have a fall outwards of 6.4 mm. and it should be covered
with a brass plate full width of the doorway, 63.5 mm. wide inside, and having
its outer edge turned downwards, and secured in position with brass screws.
(3) Body panelling and
lining. - The roof, floor, sides, ends and doors of the van are to be
covered externally with .014 mm. (20 S.W.G.) aluminium sheeting and inner
lining may be of asbestos or wood so treated as to be rendered uninflammable or
with such other material as may be approved in writing by the licensing
authority. This must have a smooth
surface, free from distortion or any dents, and it is to be fitted to the framing
in sections of convenient size. The roof
beading is of aluminium 19 mm.X4 mm. whilst a (sic.) and end to a
distance of 25.4 mm. the end turnover, being relieved at intervals of 152.4 mm.
to allow the sheeting to lie flat on the framing. At all places where sheeting is fixed to the body framework, it
has to be covered by a beading. The
roof beading is of aluminium 19 mm. X
4 mm. whilst a wooden weather beading is run round the sides and ends where
the joint with roof sheeting takes place.
At other places aluminum beading 19 mm.
X 4 mm. has to be used, excepting only the bottom joint of the
side which is covered by a wooden rail 25.4 mm. wide, 38.1 mm. deep, and the
central cover joint of the doors, which is formed with flat mild steel strap
38.1 mm. wide.
The interior
of the van body has to be lined with 20 S.W.G. aluminium sheeting throughout,
sides end, roof and doors, the lining has to be fitted in as few sections, as
possible, and in all cases brass screws must be used for securing same.
(4) Doors. - Double doors are
to be fitted at the rear ends of the body and they are to be a close fit all
round the framing, panelling and lining of same being similar in all respects
to the body works. They are to be
bevelled along the bottom to make a watertight joint with the brass covered
still of the doorway, and the central joint of doors must also be bevelled and
covered with stapping as previously mentioned.
The doors are to be hung on strong mild steel crook and bank hinges. The band section being 29.7 X8 mm. and these
in turn are to be securely fixed to hinge and angle plates of section 44.4 X8.0
mm. on the rear frame posts of the van body. The hinges are to be so
constructed and set that the doors will swing right round against the van body
side, and facilities are to be provided for fixing the doors in this position.
A slot is cut
in the clip and for the reception of a brass H. & T.V. padlock on the left
hand side of the doors.
There shall
be no opening in the body of the vehicle except through the doors at the back.
No holes
shall be drilled in the chassis, unless allowed by the maker for the' purpose
of securing the van body.
(5) Body dimensions. - The
inside dimensions of the body shall be suitable for the quantity of Explosives
Proposed to be carried. The body shall
be of such dimensions and fitted in such a manner as to keep the vehicle stable
during transport of explosives.
Specification
for a motor truck for carriage of explosives together with compressor unit
(1) A clear air space of at
least fifteen centimeters shall be left between the body and the cab.
(2) The driver's cab shall be
fitted and covered externally with .914-mm. 20 S.W.G. aluminium sheeting.
(3) The cab doors shall be
fitted having windows of non-splinter type glass.
(4) A substantially framed
wind screen shall be fitted with the portion In front of drivers seat pivoted
on strong brass quadrants for opening.
(5) The fuel tank shall be
below the floor level and at least 0.5 M from the boxes carrying
explosives. It should be so located as
to minimise the possibility of its being damaged should the vehicle be involved
in an accident.
(6) A quick acting cut-off
shall be fitted in petrol engine on the fuel feed pipe in an easily accessible
position and shall be capable of being operated without the necessity of
lifting the bonnet and shall be located as not to be involved in a fire in the
engine.
(7) The
spark arrestor and exhaust piping shall be below the cab and shall not be below
the body.
"(8) A chemical fire
extinguisher of minimum 2 Kgs. shall be provided. The fire extinguisher should be capable of dealing with petroleum
fires.
(9) A self-starter shall be
provided for the engine.
(10) Electric head, side and
tail lamps shall be provided and shall be operated from the dashboard. Electric
torches (dry cell type) may be carried for use for lighting during emergency.
(11) One are wheel inclusive of outer cover and
inner tube shall be carried each size of wheel on the chassis.
(12) No
holes shall be drilled in the chassis unless allowed by the maker for the
purpose of securing body.
(13 The flooring is to be
constructed of teak boarding tounged and grooved at least 21 mm. thick and
about 150 mm. or 175 mm. in width.
(14) Base of the compressor
should be minimum 150 mm. high from the floor or the truck body.
(15) A mild steel tray shall be
provided underneath the compressor and shall be of such size and placed in such
a way that all the oil drippings from the compressor shall fall in the tray.
(16) The exhaust pipe of the
compressor shall face away from the boxes carrying explosives and shall be
fitted with an efficient spark arrestor.
(17) Only approved type of
boxes will be used for carrying explosives and such boxes shall be firmly fixed
to the body in such a way that there is no movement of the boxes when the truck
is in motion. The empty space in the detonator box shall be filled with thermo
Cole pad, foam pad or other similar suitable material to protect movement of
detonators during transport.
(18) Not more than two boxes
for carrying explosives shall be fitted to any truck. One of the boxes shall be used for carrying high explosives and
the other for detonators. The boxes shall be fixed In a way that their doors do
not open face to face.
(19) The distance between the
explosive boxes shall be minimum 1000 mm. The distance between the compressor
and the explosives boxes shall be minimum 1,500 mm.
(20) A suitable fire screen
shall be provided between the cab and the boxes carrying explosives.
(21) A suitable asbestos or
G.I. Sheet screen shall be provided between the explosives boxes and the
compressor leaving adequate space for movement of operator for removing
explosives from boxes.
(22) The space between the
fire-screen under Cl. 20 and the asbestos screen under Cl. 21 above shall be
suitably covered so as to protect from weather.
(23) Not more than 25 Kgs. of
high explosives, 200 number of detonators and 200 metres of safety fuse-shall
be carried in the truck.
(24) The detonator box shall be
fixed away from the battery side and the battery shall be carried in the cab
below driver's seat.
Specification 3
Specification of metal cases for conveyance of
explosives
General. -The
body to be of wrought iron, mild steel, hard rolled brass, Muntzmetal or zinc
rivetted or welded, or fitted at both ends with a substantial flange of same
materials or of gunmetal for the attachment of lid and bottom; if of iron or
steel to be thoroughly galvanised after making up or to be effectively
painted. Thickness not less than 1.257
mm. (18BG = .0495 inches) or, if of zinc, not less than 9.5 mm.
The bottom to
be of same materials as body or of gunmetal; if of iron or steel, to be
thoroughly galvanised, securely rivetted to flange of body or forming part of
such flange. Thickness not less than 3.2
mm. or, of zinc, not less than 9.5 m.
Alternatively
the bottom may be made of mild steel of 4.8 mm. thick, thoroughly galvanised
and dished so that it fits tightly over the body made of mild steel as above
but without a bottom flange. The body
to project at least 25.4 mm. into the dished bottom and the edges of the dished
end and of the body to be welded continuously to the body and to the bottom of
the dished end respectively.
The lid to be
of same materials as body or of gunmetal; if of iron or steel, to be thoroughly
galvanised. Thickness not less than 1.6
mm. at centre, and not less than 3.2-at rim, or, if of zinc, not less than 9.5
mm. throughout.
The lid to be
secured by not less than four good screw bolts or swing bolts, with or without
a substantial hinge. Which may take the place of one of the four screws, bolts,
or swing bolts.
A washer of
leather. India rubber or other suitable material to be between the lid and the
flange, unless the lid is fitted with a projecting ring into a depression in
the flange.
All rivet
heads to be well finished, and the inside of the package to be free from rough
edges or burrs.
The whole to
be of good material and workmanship and to be maintained in a efficient
condition.
Specification 4
Specification
of metal cases of conveyance of explosives
Duralumin
containers: Dimensions of container inside to be 902 mm. deep by 308 mm. wide
by 267 mm. broad.
The body of
container to be of 1.626 mm. (No. 16 S.W.G.) sheet in one-piece rivetted with
8.00 mm. (5/6ths Inch) diameter rivets 25.4 mm. pitch at seam, 50.8 mm. pitch
at other three comers, having 31.8 mm. by 31.8 by 4.8
mm. angle
rivetted on top and round bottom with 8 mm. diameter rivets 25.4 pitch.
Bottom of
containers to be 3.25 mm. (No. 10 S.W.G.) sheet fitted with 31.8 mm. by 31.8
mm. by 4.8 angle all round and rivetted with 8 mm. diameter rivets. Comer pieces 2.642 mm. (No. 12 S.W.G.) sheet
to be rivetted to angle and to bottom plate with 8 mm. diameter rivets.
Cover of
container to be 2.032 mm. (No. 14 S.W.G.) sheet fitted with 37.6 mm. by 25.4
mm. by 4.8 mm. angle all round and rivetted with 8.00 mm. diameter rivets. Comer pieces 2.042 mm. (No. 12 S.W.G.) sheet
to be rivetted to angle and cover plate with 8.00 mm. diameter rivets.
Cover to be
fastened to container by four 12.7 mm. Whit-worth Set Pins with washers.
Rubber joint
31.8 mm. by 3.2 mm. thick to be rivetted to underside of cover plate by twelve
6.3 mm. diameter rivets, 15.9 mm. diameter holes to be bored in cover and joint
to suit 12.7 mm. set pins.
Two Duralumin
drop down handles to be rivetted to body of container.
Specification 5
Specifications
of metal cases for conveyance of explosives
The body to
be of wrought iron or mild steel, thoroughly galvanised, thickness not less
than 18 B.G. (495 inch) fitted at the--top with a flange 12.7 mm. thick made of
the Aluminium Alloy (12.5 per cent. to 14.5 per cent zinc; 2.5 per cent. to 3
per cent copper; remainder aluminium).
The bottom to
be of the aluminium alloy, not less than 12.7 mm. thick at the rim, and not
less than 4.8 mm. thick at the centre, and provided with a protection 25.4 mm.
high and at least 6.3 mm. thick, so made as to be a close Fit inside the body,
to which it shall be rivetted with rivets 6.3 mm. diameter.
The lid to be
of the Aluminium Alloy, not less than 12.7 mm. thick at the rim, and not less
than 6.3 mm. thick at the centre, and secured by eight screwed studs to the
flange.
A washer of
leather, India rubber, or other suitable material to be between the lid and the
flange, unless the lid is fitted with a projecting ring fitting into a
depression in the flange.
All rivet
heads to be well finished, and the inside of the package to be free from rough
edges or burens.
Specification of Magazines
1. General. - The
basic consideration in the construction of magazines are security to ensure
that the contents are kept out of the hands of unauthorised persons; to
maintain them in good condition and to reduce the risk of accidental explosion. This calls for a construction, which will
resist illegal entry as much as possible and is well ventilated. In choosing a site for magazine,
consideration should be given to any protection of life and property offered by
natural features of the ground in the event of a fire and/or an explosion. The suitability of a site and the amount of
explosives that may be stored are determined by its distance from public
thoroughfares; residential or industrial areas, railways, etc. as specified in
the table of safety distance in Sch. VIII. Naturally a site obscured from public view
either by natural means is preferred.
Apart from
the Rules and Regulations concerning the storage of explosives certain
conditions should be observed from the point of view of care for the materials
concerned, e.g. improper storage may lead directly to misfires later on. In all cases, places of storage should be
dry, well ventilated and protected from extremes of temperature as much as
possible. Stocks should be drawn upon
in strict rotation, any surplus from the day's work being returned to the
magazine and k(pt separately for use on the following day.
Safety fuse
and detonators should be kept in perfect condition for obtaining good
results. Therefore, at all times during
transport, handling and storage, they should be protected from moisture and
contact with oil, grease, kerosene or other liquids. Detonators shall not be stored with other explosives.
2. Types
of Magazine. - Magazines may
be of heavy construction, i.e. steel, 1eintorced concrete, brick, stone or
preformed concrete blocks. Maximum
security is attainable only with steel or reinforced concrete structures. The intem6l dimensions of the magazine shall
be such that there is ready access to all explosives. 1
3. Construction
of the Magazine. - A
magazine shall be well and substantially built and shall be made and closed so
as to prevent unauthorised persons from having access thereto and to secure it
from danger from without.
A Mode 'A'
magazine shall be of a type approved by the Chief Controller and shall
primarily:
(a) Have-walls of reinforced
concrete at least 225 mm. thick or brick/stone at least 450 mm. thick
set in cement mortar. Concrete shall
have a minimum compressive strength of 2500 lb/sq inch at 28 days (the required
strength will be reached by a mixture consisting of 1 part cement, 1 1/2 parts
sand, 3 parts of aggregate by volume).
Reinforcement should consist of square mesh, hard-drawn steel wire
fabric, providing a cross-sectional area in each direction of not less than
0.21 in 2 ft of wall. The reinforcement shall be covered by not less than 50
mm. Of concrete on either side. The bricks and concrete blocks shall conform to
relevant Indian Standard Specifications.
Commercial grade steel is satisfactory for use in construction. The cement mortar shall consist of not less
than one part cement and three parts of clean sand;
(b) Have interior, and the
benches, shelves and fittings therein so constructed or so lined or covered as
to prevent the exposure of any iron or steel and the detaching of grit, iron,
steel or similar substances in such manner as to come into contact with
explosives. Such interior benches,
shelves and fittings shall be kept free from grit and otherwise clean; and in
the case any explosive that is liable to be dangerously affected by water due
precautions shall be taken to exclude it therefrom;
(c) Have roof reinforced
concrete at least 150 m. thick;
(d) Have one ventilator at
the top and bottom in each opposite sidewall of the magazine where the weight
of explosive stored is upto and including 500 Kgs. and minimum two in the top
and bottom of each wall where the weight of explosive stored exceeds 500
Kgs. Number of the ventilators may be
increased if desired by the licensing authority. The ventilator shall be 22.5 cm.x ll.25 cm. Z type fitted with frame of iron bars set
firmly in the wall on the outer face, the bars to be of 2.35 CM2 (3/8
sq".) iron set angle wise with the frame.
The inner opening to be protected with brass wire guage of 3 mesh per
centimetres;
(e) Have external doors-
(i) That open outwards and
when closed fit tightly;
(ii)
To be
constructed of steel plate at least 5 mm. thick with or without internal lining
of wood;
(f) Have
every internal door---
(i) Made of wood;
(ii) Locks and fittings of
non-ferrous metal;
(g) Have external door locks
of "dead lock" type;
(h) Have a separate room for
storage of detonators or other explosives of Class 6 Division 3 if stored
within the magazine. Such room shall have independent entrance and a minimum
air-gap of 1 metre from any other room in the magazine and the thickness of the
wall of the detonator storage room facing any other room in the magazine shall
be minimum 60 cm;
(i) Have wooden tressels or
raised cement platform for storage of explosive packages
(j)
Have a porc if
necessary and any such porch shall --------
(i) Be of the same
construction as the remainder of the magazine; and
(ii) Be used only for keeping all tools or
implements used in connection with the magazine or the changing of clothes and
shoes;
(k) Have 25x5O mm. furring
strips fastened to the wall, vertically on 300 mm. centres starting 150 mm.
from floor and continuous to the stacking line, around the usable portions of
the walls to provide air circulation and to prevent cases of explosives being
stacked directly against the walls;
(l) Have a minimum 12
mm. red line painted on the interior walls of the magazine at a height of 2.5
metres from the floor level. This line
indicates the maximum height to which explosives may be stacked. The licensing
authority may specify lower stacking height if deemed necessary;
(m) Have an internal volume
not less than 0.4 cubic metres for each 100 Kgs. of explosives. In addition, sufficient space shall be
provided for passage between stocks of packages if required by licensing
authority;
(n) Have sufficient number of
windows for proper lighting inside the magazine. The windows shall open outside and constructed of steel plate at
least 5 mm. thick with or without internal lining of wood.
A mode 'B'
magazine shall be of a type
approved by the Chief Controller and shall primarily---
(a) Have walls of steel
plate at least 5mm.thick:
(c) Have interior lining at least
10 mm. thick on walls, doors and ceiling and 25 mm. thick on floor and
consisting of closed fittings boards or wood joined together by tounge and
groove joints in such a way that no iron or steel is exposed on the interior
sides, ceiling, floor or doors;
(d) Have an internal volume
not less than 0.4 cubic metres for each 100 Kgs.of explosives. The maximum
internal volume shall not be more than 2 cubic metres;
(e) Be ventilated by means of
vents, which shall be adequately protected;
(f) Have external hinges of
steel welded to the door and to the frame of the magazine;
(9) Have a lock of "dead
lock" type for external door.
Specification 7
The basic
consideration in construction of a store-house are to ensure that the contents
are kept out of the hands of unauthorised persons, to maintain them in good
condition and to reduce risk of fire.
This call for a construction, which will resist illegal entry as much as
possible and is well ventilated. The
place of storage should be dry and it should be possible to draw stocks in
strict rotation.
The
store-house should have walls built of brick, stone or concrete. The bricks and
concrete shall conform to relevant Indian Standard Specifications. The cement
mortar shall consist of not less than one part of cement and three parts of
clean sand. The interior of the
store-house shall be kept clean and all benches, shelves and fittings shall be
so constructed or so lined or covered as to prevent the exposure of any iron or
steel and the detachment of any grit, iron, steel or substances in such manner
as to come in contact with the materials stored and such Interior, benches,
shelves and fittings shall, as far as is practicable, be kept clean and free
from grit. The store-house shall have
wooden doors which open outwards and when closed fit tightly. The storehouse shall have adequate number of
ventilators as desired by the licensing authority. The ventilators shall be provided at the top and the bottom of
walls as suggested by the licensing authority.
The ventilators shall be 22.5 cm.Xll.25 cm. fitted with suitable frames
firmly set in the walls on the outer face.
The bars to be minimum 2.35 CM.2 set angle wise with the
frame. The inner opening to be
protected with wire guage of minimum 3 mesh per cm. The storehouse shall have a floor area of 2M.2 per tonne of
explosives and have a minimum 12 mm. red line painted on the interior walls at
a height 3 M. from the floor level.
This line indicates maximum height i stacked. The gangway space of minimum 30 cm. usable portion of walls to
provide air circulation. shall be provided for passage between the stacks of
packages if required by the licensing authority. The licensing authority may specify lower stacking height if
deemed necessary.
The
store-house shall have sufficient number of wooden windows for proper lighting
inside. The windows shall open
outwards, The store-house shall have smooth, stone or cement flooring.
SCHEDULE VIII
The following
safety distances shall be observed in the factories licensed for manufacture of
explosives or from the magazine licensed for storage of high explosives. If the quantity of explosives to be stored
is in between any two stages shown in the Table may be round the sufficient
space
TABLE I
NOTE. - M denotes mounded; UM- denotes unmounded; distances in columns
2 to 13 are in metres
|
To and between magazine or
magazine office etc. |
To and between
Process bldgs. |
To Railway Road, etc. |
To dwelling
houses offices, factories, etc. |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
|
50 |
10 |
10 |
10 |
14 |
10 |
12 |
18 |
8 |
12 |
21 |
45 |
45 |
45 |
50 |
|
100 |
10 |
10 |
11 |
17 |
10 |
15 |
21 |
9 |
15 |
33 |
45 |
45 |
45 |
100 |
|
150 |
10 |
10 |
13 |
19 |
10 |
17 |
24 |
10 |
17 |
40 |
45 |
45 |
45 |
150 |
|
200 |
10 |
10 |
14 |
21 |
10 |
19 |
26 |
11 |
18 |
45 |
45 |
45 |
52 |
200 |
|
300 |
10 |
10 |
16 |
24 |
10 |
22 |
30 |
13 |
21 |
45 |
45 |
45 |
68 |
300 |
|
400 |
10 |
10 |
18 |
27 |
10 |
24 |
34 |
14 |
23 |
45 |
45 |
45 |
82 |
400 |
|
500 |
10 |
10 |
19 |
29 |
10 |
26 |
37 |
15 |
25 |
48 |
45 |
45 |
95 |
500 |
|
600 |
10 |
10 |
21 |
31 |
10 |
27 |
42 |
16 |
26 |
54 |
45 |
45 |
107 |
600 |
|
700 |
10 |
10 |
22 |
32 |
10 |
29 |
45 |
17 |
27 |
60 |
45 |
45 |
119 |
700 |
|
800 |
10 |
10 |
23 |
34 |
10 |
30 |
49 |
17 |
28 |
65 |
45 |
45 |
129 |
800 |
|
1000 |
10 |
10 |
24 |
36 |
10 |
32 |
56 |
18 |
32 |
74 |
45 |
46 |
148 |
1000 |
|
1250 |
12 |
10 |
26 |
39 |
12 |
35 |
64 |
19 |
33 |
86 |
45 |
52 |
171 |
1250 |
|
1500 |
12 |
10 |
28 |
42 |
12 |
37 |
72 |
19 |
36 |
96 |
45 |
57 |
192 |
1500 |
|
1750 |
12 |
10 |
29 |
44 |
12 |
39 |
79 |
19 |
38 |
106 |
45 |
61 |
211 |
1750 |
|
2000 |
13 |
10 |
31 |
46 |
13 |
41 |
85 |
20 |
40 |
113 |
45 |
65 |
226 |
2000 |
|
2500 |
14 |
12 |
33 |
49 |
14 |
44 |
97 |
21 |
43 |
129 |
45 |
73 |
257 |
2500 |
|
3000 |
16 |
13 |
35 |
52 |
16 |
46 |
106 |
21 |
46 |
142 |
45 |
80 |
283 |
3000 |
|
3500 |
16 |
14 |
37 |
55 |
16 |
49 |
114 |
22 |
48 |
152 |
45 |
86 |
304 |
3500 |
|
4000 |
17 |
15 |
38 |
57 |
17 |
51 |
122 |
22 |
501 |
63 |
46 |
92 |
325 |
4000 |
|
4500 |
17 |
16 |
40 |
60 |
17 |
53 |
129 |
23 |
52 |
172 |
47 |
98 |
343 |
4500 |
|
5000 |
20 |
16 |
41 |
|
20 |
55 |
135 |
23 |
54 |
180 |
49 |
110 |
359 |
5000 |
|
6000 |
20 |
18 |
44 |
|
20 |
58 |
145 |
24 |
57 |
194 |
49 |
117 |
387 |
6000 |
|
7000 |
22 |
19 |
46 |
|
22 |
62 |
155 |
24 |
61 |
206 |
50 |
123 |
412 |
7000 |
|
8000 |
22 |
21 |
48 |
|
22 |
64 |
163 |
25 |
63 |
217 |
50 |
128 |
434 |
8000 |
|
10000 |
24 |
23 |
52 |
|
24 |
69 |
177 |
26 |
69 |
236 |
53 |
138 |
471 |
10000 |
|
12500 |
24 |
26 |
56 |
|
24 |
75 |
192 |
26 |
72 |
255 |
53 |
149 |
510 |
12500 |
|
15000 |
25 |
28 |
60 |
|
25 |
79 |
206 |
27 |
78 |
280 |
55 |
158 |
560 |
15000 |
|
17500 |
25 |
30 |
63 |
|
23 |
83 |
216 |
27 |
82 |
290 |
55 |
167 |
580 |
17500 |
|
20000 |
26 |
32 |
65 |
|
26 |
87 |
226 |
28 |
86 |
303 |
57 |
174 |
605 |
20000 |
|
25000 |
27 |
36 |
71 |
|
27 |
94 |
244 |
29 |
93 |
325 |
58 |
187 |
650 |
25000 |
|
30000 |
28 |
40 |
75 |
|
28 |
100 |
259 |
29 |
98 |
345 |
60 |
199 |
690 |
30000 |
|
35000 |
30 |
43 |
79 |
|
30 |
105 |
273 |
30 |
104 |
365 |
60 |
210 |
730 |
35000 |
|
40000 |
30 |
46 |
82 |
|
30 |
110 |
285 |
30 |
108 |
380 |
61 |
219 |
760 |
40000 |
|
45000 |
30 |
48 |
86 |
|
30 |
114 |
296 |
30 |
113 |
395 |
61 |
228 |
790 |
45000 |
|
50000 |
30 |
51 |
89 |
|
30 |
118 |
307 |
30 |
118 |
410 |
64 |
236 |
820 |
50000 |
|
60000 |
30 |
56 |
94 |
|
30 |
126 |
327 |
30 |
128 |
435 |
64 |
251 |
870 |
60000 |
|
70000 |
30 |
60 |
99 |
|
30 |
132 |
343 |
30 |
138 |
458 |
66 |
264 |
915 |
70000 |
|
80000 |
30 |
64 |
140 |
|
30 |
138 |
359 |
30 |
148 |
480 |
66 |
276 |
960 |
80000 |
|
90000 |
30 |
68 |
108 |
|
30 |
144 |
373 |
30 |
158 |
498 |
66 |
287 |
995 |
90000 |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
|
100000 |
30 |
72 |
112 |
|
30 |
149 |
387 |
30 |
168 |
515 |
67 |
297 |
1030 |
100000 |
|
112500 |
30 |
76 |
116 |
|
30 |
115 |
402 |
30 |
180 |
540 |
67 |
309 |
1075 |
112500 |
|
1250008 |
30 |
80 |
120 |
|
30 |
160 |
417 |
30 |
192 |
555 |
69 |
320 |
1110 |
125000 |
|
136000 |
30 |
84 |
124 |
|
30 |
165 |
428 |
30 |
203 |
575 |
70 |
329 |
1145 |
136000 |
|
150000 |
30 |
88 |
128 |
|
30 |
170 |
446 |
30 |
217 |
590 |
70 |
340 |
1180 |
150000 |
|
175000 |
30 |
95 |
135 |
|
30 |
179 |
466 |
30 |
242 |
625 |
71 |
358 |
1245 |
165000 |
|
200000 |
30 |
101 |
141 |
|
30 |
195 |
487 |
30 |
265 |
650 |
71 |
375 |
1300 |
200000 |
TABLE 2
Safety
distances to be observed in factory licensed under Explosives Rules for
manufacture of Sparklers only.
Distances
are in metres
|
Sl. No |
Description of
shed |
Mixing shed |
Dipping shed |
Drying platform |
Packing shed |
Empty frames
shed |
Raw material
store |
Outside safety
distance |
Quantity
explosives Kgs. |
|
1. |
Mixing shed |
6 |
6 |
9 |
9 |
15 |
15 |
15 |
50 |
|
2 |
Dipping shed |
6 |
6 |
3 |
9 |
15 |
15 |
15 |
200 |
|
3. |
Drying platform |
9 |
3 |
3 |
9 |
15 |
15 |
15 |
200 |
|
4. |
Packing shed |
9 |
9 |
9 |
9 |
15 |
15 |
15 |
200 |
ANNEXURE I TO EXPLOSIVES RULES,
1983
Extract from the Merchant Shipping
(Carriage of
Dangerous Goods)
"Rule 8,
Stowage of dangerous goods. -
(1) The owner, master
or agent of every ship which carries any dangerous goods shall ensure that the
stowage of all dangerous goods on board complies with provisions in respect of
such stowage made in the Dangerous Goods Code without prejudice to the
generalities in any respect specified in the said Code. The master of every
such ship shall ensure that-
(a) Dangerous goods are, as
far as practicable, stowed under deck;
(b) Fibre board boxes, in
particular, are stowed "under deck' and where
Circumstances
make it necessary to stow them "on deck" for any of the causes
referred to in Cl. (c) adequate protection is afforded to prevent them from
being exposed to the weather or to seawater;
(c) Stowage "on
deck" is restricted only to case where-
(i) Constant supervision is
required; or
(ii) Accessibility to cargo
is particularly required; or
(iii) There is a substantial risk of formation of explosive gas mixtures, development of high toxic vapours or unobserved corrosion of the vessel;
(d) The packages are shaded
from radiant heat, including storage sunlight, where it is necessary to prevent
pressure build up in or decomposition and polymerisation of their contents;
(e) When dangerous goods are
stowed on deck they do not occupy more than 50 percent of the total open deck
area and hydrants, sounding pipes and the like and accesses thereto are kept
free and clean of such deck cargo.
(2) Without prejudice to the
Provisions contained in sub-rule (1), the master of every ship carrying
dangerous goods shall ensure that-
(a) Dangerous goods and any
vehicle, container, package or receptacle containing dangerous goods are stowed
in a manner which is a safe and proper manner of stowage for the goods or, as
the case may be, for the vehicle, container, package or receptacle, having
regard to the identity and the dangerous nature of the goods-
(b) Explosives (except
ammunition) which present a serious risk are stowed in a magazine which is kept
securely closed while at sea and that such explosives are segregated from
detonators;
(c) The electrical apparatus and cables in any compartment in which explosives are carried are so designed and used as to minimum the risk of fire or explosion;
(d) When goods which give
off dangerous vapours are stowed under deck the space used for such stowage is
well ventilated;
(e) Special precautions
against fire or explosion are taken, wherever required, while carrying
inflammable liquids or gases. and ventilation adequate in the circumstances, is
provided for the spaces in which the liquids or gases are carried; and
(f) Substances which are liable to spontaneous combustion are not carried unless precautions, proper in the circumstances, are taken for the prevention of. spontaneous combustion of such substances.
ANNEXURE II TO EXPLOSIVES RULES,
i983
Extracts from the Merchant Shipping Act, 1958
Section 3
Clause (16)
"Home-trade
ship" means a ship not exceeding three thousand tons gross which is
employed into trading between any port or Place in India and any other port or
place on the continent of India or between ports or places in India and ports
or places in Ceylon, Maladive Islands, Federation of Malaya, Singapore or
Burma."
Clause
(147-A)
Special
trade" means the conveyance of large number of passengers by sea within
prescribed sea areas;
Clause (47-B)
“Special
trade passenger" means a passenger carried in special trade passenger ship
in spaces on the weather deck or upper deck or between decks which accommodate
more than eight passengers and includes a pilgrim or a person accompanying a
pilgrim;
Clause (47-C)
“Special
trade passenger ship" means a mechanically propelled ship carrying more
than thirty special trade passengers;
Section 238. Notice to be given
of day of-sailing-
(1) The master, owner or
agent of a special trade passenger ship or a pilgrim ship so departing or
proceeding shall give notice to an officer appointed in this behalf by the
Central Government that the ship is to carry special trade passengers or
pilgrims and of her destination and of the proposed time of sailing.
(2) The notice shall be
given-
(a) In the case of a special
trade passenger ship, not less than twenty-four hours before that time;
(b) In the case of a pilgrim ship at the original port of departure, if in India, and in any other case at the first port at which she touches in India not less than three days, and at all other ports not less than twenty-four hours, before that time.
Section
243. Officers entitled to grant
certificates-
The person by
whom certificate A and certificate B are to be granted by the officer appointed
shall under Sec. 238 who is hereinafter referred to as the certifying officer.
ANNEXURE III TO EXPLOSIVES RULES,
1983
Section 7.
Appointment of conservator. -
(1) The Local Government
shall appoint some officer or body of persons to be conservator of every port
subject to this Act.
(2) Subject to any direction
by the Local Government to the contrary-----
(a) In ports where there is a port-officer, the port-officer
shall lie the conservator;
(b) In ports where there is
no port-officer, but where there Is a
(3) Where the harbour-master
is not conservator, the harbour-master and his assistants shall be subordinate
to, and subject to the control of, the conservator.
(4) The conservator shall be
subject to the control of the Local Government, or of any intermediate authority,
which that Government may appoint.
___________________-
ANNEXURE IV TO EXPLOSIVES RULES,
1983
Extract from the Board of Trade Memorandum relating to the Carriage
of
Dangerous Goods
and Explosives in Ships Specification for Magazines
1. Unless otherwise
sanctioned by the surveyor, magazines are to be built in between decks, if
possible. They must be so placed that their doors are easily accessible from a
hatchway
2. Magazines may be
constructed of steel, iron or wood, provided that if of steel or iron, the
whole of the interior shall be thoroughly protected by paint, varnish,
galvanising or other suitable coating: Provided that no gunpowder, picric acid
or other bulk explosives packed in barrels be stowed in a steel or iron
magazine unless the inside of the magazine, including all iron work, is covered
with wood or other suitable material.
3. Flooring of all
magazines shall consist of 3 inches by 1 inch gratings with a mesh of not more
than 4 square inches. These gratings should be portable, to allow access for
cleaning.
4. When magazines are
constructed of wood they shall comply with following specification, viz.:
(a) The bulkheads to be formed of 1 1/4 inch boards secured internally to uprights 3 square inches placed not more than 2 feet apart, running from deck to deck and firmly secured top and bottom. Where the magazine is against the ship's sides and cargo battens are fitted, spaced not more than 9 inches apart other lining is unnecessary.
Where cargo battens
are more than 9 inches apart filling pieces shall be provided.
Where on iron
decks, the heels of the uprights to step on and be secured to a board of 1 inch
thick laid on the deck.
Boards 9
inches by 14 inches to be securely fastened to the uprights at the upper and
lower ends for securing heads of shores for tomming off.
(b) Except when built on
cargo or in the square of the hatchway, a magazine need not be roofed over,
provided that in the case of explosive of Classes III and IV, a clear space of
not less than 3 inches shall be left below the bottom of the beams of the over
deck.
(c) The door of the magazine shall be of substantial construction and fitted with a strong lock.
(d) When a magazine measures
athwart ships more than 40 feet, a fore and after bulkhead must be fitted,
constructed of uprights 3 inches square, 3 feet apart extending from deck to
deck, secured at the top and. bottom as for side-bulkheads, lined up with 1
inch boarding not more than 6 inches apart, alternately on either side of the
uprights. The ship's permanent
stanchions may be used in lieu of the temporary uprights when they are in
proper position and provided they are not more than 6 feet apart. gunpowder,
picric acid or other bulk explosives packed in barrels are carried, the
stanchions and any other metal work inside the mag4ine must be covered with
wood or other suitable material.
5. Every magazine
shall be efficiency ventilated, but any dock ventilator into or immediately
over a magazine shall be covered by two thicknesses of fine wire guage, or
fitted with a "Lawson" fire-proof cowl, or other efficient fire-proof
covering. Steel or iron magazines
unprovided with ventilators shall be ventilated into the hold by the provision
of two inch holes in the bulkhead as close to the over deck as practicable.
6. When it is
necessary to build the magazine on cargo the selected place is to be levelled
off, and the bottom formed of 3 inches by 3 inches quartering, placed 2 feet
apart, covered with 11/4 inches boarding, securely nailed. Uprights 3 inches
square, 2 feet apart, running from the boards to the deck, above to fit tight
and to be well driven in, cleared at the bottom and well tommed off at the top.
Remainder of
magazine as previously detailed. Should the height of the proposed magazine
exceed 8 feet the construction should be specially determined by the surveyors.
upto Two Tons
Measurement
(Size in
accordance with the dimensions of the packages to go into it)
7. A frame is to be
made of 2 inches by 3 inches quartering floored and boarded up with 14 inch
boarding. Lid to be fitted with cleats on the inside to keep it in its place
when slipped, and fastened with hasp, staples and a strong hanging lock of
brass of galvarised iron.
ANNEXURE V TO EXPLOSIVES RULES,
1983
Sub-section
(j) of Sec. 2
"Mine"
means any excavation where any operation for the purpose of searching for or
obtaining minerals has been or is being carried on, and includes all works,
machinery, tramways and sidings, whether above or below ground, in or adjacent,
to or belonging to mine:
Provided that
it shall not include any part of such premises on which a manufacturing process
is being carried on unless such process is a process for coke making or the
dressing of minerals.
__________________________